# Patent

## Title
2-acylaminopropoanol-type glucosylceramide synthase inhibitors

## Abstract

A compound is represented by Structural Formula (I):




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. A pharmaceutical composition comprises a compound represented by Structural Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. A method of treating a subject in need thereof comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound represented by Structural Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The subject has type 2 diabetes; renal hypertrophy or hyperplasia associated with diabetic nephropathy; Tay-Sachs; Gaucher's; or Fabry's disease. Methods of decreasing plasma TNF-α, lowering blood glucose levels, decreasing glycated hemoglobin levels, inhibiting glucosylceramide synthase, and lowering glycosphingolipid concentrations in a subject in need thereof respectively comprise administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound represented by Structural Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

## Background
RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 13/595,349 filed on Aug. 27, 2012, which is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 12/601,871, filed on May 6, 2010, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,304,447, issued Nov. 6, 2012, which is the U.S. National Stage of International Application No. PCT/US2008/006906, filed May 30, 2008, which designates the U.S., published in English, and claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/932,370, filed May 31, 2007, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/997,846, filed on Oct. 5, 2007. The entire teachings of the above applications are incorporated herein by reference.


BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Gangliosides, such as GM1, GM2 and GM3, are glycosphingolipids (GSLs) comprised of ceramide and at least one acidic sugar. Gangliosides are generally found in the outer leaflet of the plasma membrane (Nojri et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL USA 83:782 (1986)). Gangliosides are involved in cell signaling and act as modulators of receptor activity (Yamashita et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. ScL USA 100(6):3445 (2003)). A number of GSLs are derived from glucosylceramide, which is enzymatically formed from ceramide and UDP-glucose. The formation of glucosylceramide is catalyzed by glucosylceramide synthase.
It has been found that the level of GSLs controls a variety of cell functions, such as growth, differentiation, adhesion between cells or between cells and matrix proteins, binding of microorganisms and viruses to cells, and metastasis of tumor cells. In addition, the glucosylceramide precursor, ceramide, may cause differentiation or inhibition of cell growth and be involved in the functioning of vitamin D3, tumor necrosis factor-α, interleukins, and apoptosis. Sphingols, precursors of ceramide, and products of ceramide catabolism have also been shown to influence many cell systems, possibly by inhibiting protein kinase C.
Defects in GSL metabolizing enzymes can cause serious disorders. For example, Tay-Sachs, Gaucher's, and Fabry's diseases result from enzymatic defects in the GSL degradative pathway and the accumulation of GSL. In particular, GM1 accumulates in the nervous system leading to mental retardation and liver enlargement. In Tay-Sachs, GM2 accumulates in brain tissue leading to mental retardation and blindness. These observations suggest that inhibitors of glucosylceramide synthase can be effective in treating lysosomal diseases such as Tay-Sachs, Gaucher's, and Fabry's diseases. Indeed, glucosylceramide synthase inhibitors have been described for this purpose (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,569,889; 6,255,336; 5,916,911; 5,302,609; 6,660,749; 6610,703; 5,472,969; and 5,525,616).
Recently it has been disclosed that the interruption of the insulin induced signaling cascade may be associated with elevated levels of GM3. It has also been suggested that the cytokine tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α), implicated in insulin resistance, results in increased expression of GM3 (Tagami et al., J. Biol. Chem. 277(5):3085 (2002)). Also, it has been disclosed that mutant mice lacking GM3 synthase, and thus lacking in GM3, are protected from insulin resistance caused by a high-fat diet (Yamashita et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sc. USA 100:3445-3449 (2003)). These observations suggest that inhibitors of glucosylceramide synthase can be effective in treating diabetes. Indeed, inhibitors of glucosylceramide synthase have been proposed for treating Type 2 diabetes (see WO 2006/053043).
Therefore, agents which inhibit glucosylceramide synthesis, or reduce intracellular content of GSLs, such as GM3, have the potential to treat conditions associated with altered GSL levels and/or GSL precursor levels. There is a need for additional agents which can act as glucosylceramide synthase inhibitors.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
It has now been discovered that 2-acylaminopropoanol derivatives represented by Structural Formula (I) below can effectively inhibit glycosphingolipid synthesis, such as GM3 synthesis. As such, these compounds can be used for treating diabetes or lysosomal storage diseases, such as Tay-Sachs, Gaucher's or Fabry's disease. In addition, a number of these compounds were tested and found to significantly inhibit glycosphingolipid synthesis in animal tissues and to have high metabolic stability at the liver. Based upon this discovery, novel 2-acylaminopropoanol derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the 2-acylaminopropoanol derivatives, and methods of treatment using the 2-acylaminopropoanol derivatives are disclosed herein.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to compounds represented by Structural Formula (I):




and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:

R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group;
Y is —H, a hydrolyzable group, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group.
R2 and R3 are each independently —H, a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or R2 and R3 taken together with the nitrogen atom of N(R2R3) form a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic ring;
X is —(CR5R6)n-Q-; Q is —O—, —S—, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —C(O)O—, —C(S)O—, —C(S)S—, —C(O)NR7—, —NR7—, —NR7C(O)—, —NR7C(O)NR7—, —OC(O)—, —SO3—, —SO—, —S(O)2—, —SO2NR7—, or —NR7SO2—; and
R4 is —H, a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group;
Alternatively, X is —O—, —S— or —NR7—; and R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl group;
Alternatively, X is —(CR5R6)n—; and R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclic alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted cyclic alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, —CN, —NCS, —NO2 or a halogen;
Alternatively, X is a covalent bond; and R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group;
R5 and R6 are each independently —H, —OH, —SH, a halogen, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkylthio group, or a substituted or unsubstituted lower aliphatic group;
n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
Each R7 is independently —H, a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or R7 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen atom of NR7R4 form a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a compound represented by Structural Formula (1) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In yet another embodiment, the present invention is directed to a method of treating a subject having type 2 diabetes, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound represented by Structural Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
A method of treating a subject having renal hypertrophy or hyperplasia associated with diabetic nephropathy is also included in the invention. The method comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound represented by Structural Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
A method of decreasing plasma TNF-α in a subject in need thereof is also included in the present invention. The method comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound represented by Structural Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
A method of lowering blood glucose levels in a subject in need thereof is also included in the present invention. The method comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound represented by Structural Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
A method of decreasing glycated hemoglobin levels in a subject in need thereof is also included in the present invention. The method comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound represented by Structural Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
A method of inhibiting glucosylceramide synthase or lowering glycosphingolipid concentrations in a subject in need thereof is also included in the present invention. The method comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound represented by Structural Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
A method of treating a subject with Tay-Sachs, Gaucher's or Fabry's disease is also included in the present invention. The method comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound represented by Structural Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Also, included in the present invention is the use of a compound represented by Structural Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a medicament. The medicament is for treating a subject having type 2 diabetes; for treating a subject having renal hypertrophy or hyperplasia associated with diabetic nephropathy; for decreasing plasma TNF-α in a subject in need thereof; for lowering blood glucose levels in a subject in need thereof; for decreasing glycated hemoglobin levels in a subject in need thereof; for inhibiting glucosylceramide synthase or lowering glycosphingolipid concentrations in a subject in need thereof; or for treating a subject with Tay-Sachs, Gaucher's or Fabry's disease.
The compounds of the invention are inhibitors of glucosylceramide synthesis. As such, they can be used for treating various disorders associated with GSL metabolism, including diabetes and lysosomal storage diseases. The compounds of the invention can effectively inhibit glucosylceramide synthesis and at the same time have high metabolic stability at the liver. For example, the compounds of the invention can have a clearance value of less than 50%, and commonly less than 30%, at the liver relative to hepatic blood flow.


DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
In one embodiment, the invention is directed to a compound represented by Structural Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. A first set of values and preferred values for the variables in Structural Formula (I) is provided in the following paragraphs:
R1 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, such as a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group. Preferably, R1 is an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, Ar1, —OR30, —O(haloalkyl), —SR30, —NO2, —CN, —NCS, —N(R31)2, —NR31C(O)R30, —NR31C(O)OR32, —N(R31)C(O)N(R31)2, —C(O)R30, —C(S)R30, —C(O)OR30, —OC(O)R30, —C(O)N(R31)2, —S(O)2R30, —SO2N(R31)2, —S(O)R32, —SO3R30, —NR31SO2N(R31)2, —NR31SO2R32, —Vo—Ar1, —Vo—OR30, —Vo—O(haloalkyl), —Vo—SR30, —Vo—NO2, —Vo—CN, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—NR31C(O)R30, —Vo—NR31CO2R32, —Vo—N(R31)C(O)N(R31)2, —Vo—C(O)R30, —Vo—C(S)R30, —Vo—CO2R30, —Vo—OC(O)R30, —Vo—C(O)N(R31)2—, —Vo—S(O)2R30, —Vo—SO2N(R31)2, —Vo—S(O)R32, —Vo—SO3R30, —Vo—NR31SO2N(R31)2, —Vo—NR31SO2R32, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —NR31C(O)—Vo—N(R31)2, —NR31C(O)—Vo—Ar1, —C(O)—Vo—N(R31)2, —C(O)—Vo—Ar1, —C(S)—Vo—N(R31)2, —C(S)—Vo—Ar1, —C(O)O—V1—N(R31)2, —C(O)O—Vo—Ar1, —O—C(O)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—C(O)—Vo—Ar1, —C(O)N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —C(O)N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —S(O)2—Vo—N(R31)2, —S(O)2—Vo—Ar1, —SO2N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —SO2N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —S(O)—Vo—N(R31)2, —S(O)—Vo—Ar1, —S(O)2—O—V1—N(R31)2, —S(O)2—O—Vo—Ar1, —NR31SO2—Vo—N(R31)2, —NR31SO2—Vo—Ar1, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p—S—, or —[CH2]q—. More preferably, R1 is an aryl group, such as a phenyl group, optionally substituted with one or more halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R31)2, Ar1, —Vo—OR30, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—Ar1, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p—S—, or —[CH2]q—. More preferably, R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, aryl, aryloxy, —OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, —O—[CH2]p—O—, and [CH2]q—. Even more preferably, R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with —OH, —OCH3, —OC2H5 or —O—[CH2]p—O—. Even more preferably, R1 is




where r is 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably 1 or 2.

Y is —H, a hydrolyzable group, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group. Examples of hydrolyzable groups include —C(O)R, —C(O)OR, —C(O)NRR′, C(S)R, —C(S)OR, —C(O)SR or —C(S)NRR′. Preferably, Y is —H, —C(O)R, —C(O)OR or —C(O)NRR′; more preferably, —H.
R2 and R3 are each independently —H, a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or R2 and R3 taken together with the nitrogen atom of N(R2R3) form a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic ring. Preferably, R2 and R3 taken together with the nitrogen atom of N(R2R3) form a 5- or 6-membered, optionally-substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic ring. More preferably, —N(R2R3) is an optionally substituted pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl or morpholinyl group. Even more preferably, —N(R2R3) is an unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl or morpholinyl group, preferably an unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group.
Suitable substituents for the aliphatic and aryl groups represented by R2 and R3, and suitable substituents for the non-aromatic heterocyclic ring represented by N(R2R3) each independently include halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, —OR40, —O(haloalkyl), —SR40, —NO2, —CN, —N(R41)2, —NR41C(O)R40, —NR41C(O)OR42, —N(R41)C(O)N(R41)2, —C(O)R40, —C(S)R40, —C(O)OR40, —OC(O)R40, —C(O)N(R41)2, —S(O)2R40, —SO2N(R41)2, —S(O)R42, —SO3R40, Ar2, V2—Ar2, —V2—OR40, —V2—O(haloalkyl), —V2—SR40, —V2—NO2, —V2—CN, —V2—N(R41)2, —V2—NR41C(O)R40, —V2—NR41CO2R42, —V2—N(R41)C(O)N(R41)2, —V2—C(O)R40, —V2—C(S)R40, —V2—CO2R40, —V2—OC(O)R40, —V2—C(O)N(R41)2—, —V2—S(O)2R40, —V2—SO2N(R41)2, —V2—S(O)R42, —V2—SO3R40, —O—V2—Ar2 and —S—V2—Ar2.
Preferably, suitable substituents for the aliphatic and aryl groups represented by R2 and R3, and suitable substituents for the non-aromatic heterocyclic ring represented by N(R2R3) each independently include halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, —OR40, —O(haloalkyl), —SR40, —NO2, —CN, —N(R41)2, —C(O)R40, —C(S)R40, —C(O)OR40, —OC(O)R40, —C(O)N(R41)2, Ar2, V2—Ar2, —V2—OR40, —V2—O(haloalkyl), —V2—SR40, —V2—NO2, —V2—CN, —V2—N(R41)2, —V2—C(O)R40, —V2—C(S)R40, —V2—CO2R40, —V2—OC(O)R40, —O—V2—Ar2 and —S—V2—Ar2. More preferably, suitable substituents for the aliphatic and aryl groups represented by R2 and R3, and suitable substituents for the non-aromatic heterocyclic ring represented by N(R2R3) each independently include halogen, C1-C10 alkyl, C1-C10 haloalkyl, —O(C1-C10 alkyl), —O(phenyl), —O(C1-C10 haloalkyl), —S(C1-C10 alkyl), —S(phenyl), —S(C1-C10 haloalkyl), —NO2, —CN, —NH(C1-C10 alkyl), —N(C1-C10 alkyl)2, —NH(C1-C10 haloalkyl), —N(C1-C10 haloalkyl)2, —NH(phenyl), —N(phenyl)2, —C(O)(C1-C10 alkyl), —C(O)(C1-C10 haloalkyl), —C(O)(phenyl), —C(S)(C1-C10 alkyl), —C(S)(C1-C10 haloalkyl), —C(S)(phenyl), —C(O)O(C1-C10 alkyl), —C(O)O(C1-C10 haloalkyl), —C(O)O(phenyl), phenyl, —V2-phenyl, —V2—O-phenyl, —V2—O(C1-C10 alkyl), —V2—O(C1-C10 haloalkyl), —V2—S-phenyl, —V2—S(C1-C10 alkyl), —V2—S(C1-C10 haloalkyl), —V2—NO2, —V2—CN, —V2—NH(C1-C10 alkyl), —V2—N(C1-C10 alkyl)2, —V2—NH(C1-C10 haloalkyl), —V2—N(C1-C10 haloalkyl)2, —V2—NH(phenyl), —V2—N(phenyl)2, —V2—C(O)(C1-C10 alkyl), —V2—C(O)(C1-C10 haloalkyl), —V2—C(O)(phenyl), —V2—C(S)(C1-C10 alkyl), —V2—C(S)(C1-C10 haloalkyl), —V2—C(S)(phenyl), —V2—C(O)O(C1-C10 alkyl), —V2—C(O)O(C1-C10 haloalkyl), —V2—C(O)O(phenyl), —V2—OC(O)(C1-C10 alkyl), —V2—OC(O)(C1-C10 haloalkyl), —V2—OC(O)(phenyl), —O—V2-phenyl and —S—V2-phenyl. Even more preferably, suitable substituents for the aliphatic and aryl groups represented by R2 and R3, and suitable substituents for the non-aromatic heterocyclic ring represented by N(R2R3) each independently include halogen, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C5 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C5 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C5 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C5 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C5 alkylamino and C1-C5 dialkylamino.
X is —(CR5R6)n-Q-; Q is —O—, —S—, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —C(O)O—, —C(S)O—, —C(S)S—, —C(O)NR7—, —NR7—, —NR7C(O)—, —NR7C(O)NR7—, —OC(O)—, —SO3—, —SO—, —S(O)2—, —SO2NR7—, or —NR7SO2—; and R4 is —H, a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. Preferably, Q is —O—, —S—, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —C(O)O—, —C(S)O—, —C(S)S—, —C(O)NR7—, —NR7C(O)NR7—, —OC(O)—, —SO3—, —SO—, —S(O)2—, —SO2NR7— or —NR7SO2—. More Preferably, Q is —O—, —S—, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —C(O)O—, —C(S)O—, —C(S)S—, —C(O)NR7— or —OC(O)—. Even more preferably, Q is —O—, —S—, —C(O)— or —C(S)—.
Alternatively, X is —O—, —S— or —NR7—; and R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
In another alternative, X is —(CR5R6)n—; and R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclic alkyl (e.g., C3-C8) group, or a substituted or unsubstituted cyclic alkenyl (C3-C8) group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, —CN, —NCS, —NO2 or a halogen.
In another alternative, X is a covalent bond; and R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
Preferably, R4 is an optionally substituted aliphatic, such as a lower alkyl, or aryl group. More preferably, R4 is an optionally substituted aryl or lower arylalkyl group. Even more preferably, R4 is selected from the group consisting of:




wherein each of rings A-Z5 is optionally and independently substituted; and each x is independently 0 or 1, specifically x is 0. Even more preferably, R4 is an optionally substituted





group. Alternatively, R4 is an optionally substituted phenyl group. Alternatively, R4 is an aryl group substituted with Ar3, such as a phenyl group substituted with Ar3. It is noted that, as shown above, rings A-Z5 can be attached to variable “X” of Structural Formula (I) through —(CH2)x— at any ring carbon of rings A-Z5 which is not at a position bridging two aryl groups. For example, R4 represented by





means that R4 is attached to variable “X” through either ring J or ring K.

Preferred substituents for each of the aliphatic group and the aryl group represented by R4, including lower alkyl, arylalkyl and rings A-Z5, include halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, Ar3, Ar3—Ar3, —OR50, —O(haloalkyl), —SR50, —NO2, —CN, —NCS, —N(R51)2, —NR51C(O)R50, —NR51C(O)OR52, —N(R51)C(O)N(R51)2, —C(O)R50, —C(S)R50, —C(O)OR50, —OC(O)R50, —C(O)N(R51)2, —S(O)2R50, —SO2N(R51)2, —S(O)R52, —SO3R50, —NR51SO2N(R51)2, —NR51SO2R52, —V4—Ar3, —V—OR50, —V4—O(haloalkyl), —V4—SR50, —V4—NO2, —V4—CN, —V4—N(R51)2, —V4—NR51C(O)R50, —V4—NR51CO2R52, —V4—N(R51)C(O)N(R51)2, —V4—C(O)R50, —V4—C(S)R50, —V4—CO2R50, —V4—OC(O)R50, —V4—C(O)N(R51)2—, —V4—S(O)2R50, —V4—SO2N(R51)2, —V4—S(O)R52, —V4—SO3R50, —V4—NR51SO2N(R51)2, —V4—NR51SO2R52, —O—V4—Ar3, —O—V5—N(R51)2, —S—V4—Ar3, —S—V5—N(R51)2, —N(R51)—V4—Ar3, —N(R51)—V5—N(R51)2, —NR51C(O)—V4—N(R51)2, —NR51C(O)—V4—Ar3, —C(O)—V4—N(R51)2, —C(O)—V4—Ar3, —C(S)—V4—N(R51)2, —C(S)—V4—Ar3, —C(O)O—V5—N(R51)2, —C(O)O—V4—Ar3, —O—C(O)—V5—N(R51)2, —O—C(O)—V4—Ar3, —C(O)N(R51)—V5—N(R51)2, —C(O)N(R51)—V4—Ar3, —S(O)2—V4—N(R51)2, —S(O)2—V4—Ar3, —SO2N(R51)—V5—N(R51)2, —SO2N(R51)—V4—Ar3, —S(O)—V4—N(R51)2, —S(O)—V4—Ar3, —S(O)2—O—V5—N(R51)2, —S(O)2—O—V4—Ar3, —NR51SO2—V4—N(R51)2, —NR51SO2—V4—Ar3, —O—[CH2]p′—O—, —S—[CH2]p′—S—, and —[CH2]q′—. More preferably, substituents for each of the aliphatic group and the aryl group represented by R4, including lower alkyl, arylalkyl and rings A-Z5, include halogen, C1-C10 alkyl, C1-C10 haloalkyl, Ar3, Ar3—Ar3, —OR50, —O(haloalkyl), —SR50, —NO2, —CN, —N(R51)2, —NR51C(O)R50, —C(O)R50, —C(O)OR50, —OC(O)R50, —C(O)N(R51)2, —V4—Ar3, —V—OR50, —V4—O—V4—SR50, —V4—NO2, —V4—CN, —V4—N(R51)2, —V4—NR51C(O)R50, —V4—C(O)R50, —V4—CO2R50, —V4—OC(O)R50, —V4—C(O)N(R51)2—, —O—V4—Ar3, —O—V5—N(R51)2, —S—V4—Ar3, —S—V5—N(R51)2, —N(R51)—V4—Ar3, —N(R51)—V5—N(R51)2, —NR51C(O)—V4—N(R51)2, —NR51C(O)—V4—Ar3, —C(O)—V4—N(R51)2, —C(O)—V4—Ar3, —C(O)O—V5—N(R51)2, —C(O)O—V4—Ar3, —O—C(O)—V5—N(R51)2, —O—C(O)—V4—Ar3, —C(O)N(R51)—V5—N(R51)2, —C(O)N(R51)—V4—Ar3, —O—[CH2]p′—O— and —[CH2]q′—. More preferably, substituents for each of the aliphatic group and the aryl group represented by R4, including lower alkyl, arylalkyl and rings A-Z5, include halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C10 alkyl, C1-C10 haloalkyl, amino, C1-C10 alkylamino, C1-C10 dialkylamino, aryl, aryloxy, hydroxy, C1-10 alkoxy, —O—[CH2]p—O— or —[CH2]q—. Even more preferably, substituents for each of the aliphatic group and the aryl group represented by R4, including lower alkyl, arylalkyl and rings A-Z5, include halogen, cyano, amino, nitro, Ar3, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, hydroxy and C1-C6 haloalkoxy. Even more preferably, substituents for each of the aliphatic and aryl groups represented by R4, including lower alkyl, arylalkyl and rings A-Z5, include —OH, —OCH3, —OC2H5 and —O—[CH2]p′—O—.
Preferably, phenyl ring A is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C10 alkyl, C1-C10 haloalkyl, amino, C1-C10 alkylamino, C1-C10 dialkylamino, —OR50, —Ar3, —V4—Ar3, —V—OR50, —O(C1-C10 haloalkyl), —V4—O(C1-C10 haloalkyl), —O—V4—Ar3, —O—[CH2]p—O— and —[CH2]. More preferably, phenyl ring A is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C10 alkyl, C1-C10 halo alkyl, amino, C1-C10 alkylamino, C1-C10 dialkylamino, aryl, aryloxy, hydroxy, C1-10 alkoxy, —O—[CH2]p—O— and —[CH2]q—. Even more preferably, phenyl ring A is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OCH3 and —OC2H5. Specifically, when R4 is phenyl ring A, at least one of the substituents of ring A is at the para position.
R5 and R6 are each independently —H, —OH, —SH, a halogen, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkylthio group, or a substituted or unsubstituted lower aliphatic group. Preferably, R5 and R6 are each independently —H; —OH; a halogen; or a lower alkoxy or lower alkyl group. More preferably, R5 and R6 are each independently —H, —OH or a halogen. Even more preferably, R5 and R6 are each independently —H.
Each R7 is independently —H, a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or R7 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen atom of NR7R4 form a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group. Preferably, each R7 is independently —H, an aliphatic group or phenyl. Even more preferably, each R7 is independently —H or C1-C6 alkyl.
Each n is independently 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6. Preferably, each n is independently 1, 2, 3 or 4. Alternatively, each n is independently 2, 3, 4 or 5.
Each p is independently 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably 1 or 2.
Each q is independently 3, 4, 5 or 6, preferably 3 or 4.
Each p′ is independently 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably 1 or 2.
Each q′ is independently 3, 4, 5 or 6, preferably 3 or 4.
Each Vo is independently a C1-C10 alkylene group, preferably C1-C4 alkylene group.
Each V1 is independently a C2-C10 alkylene group, specifically C2-C4 alkylene group.
Each V2 is independently a C1-C4 alkylene group.
Each V4 is independently a C1-C10 alkylene group, preferably a C1-C4 alkylene group.
Each V5 is independently a C2-C10 alkylene group, preferably a C2-C4 alkylene group.
Each Ar1 is an aryl group optionally and independently substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy and haloalkyl. Preferably, Ar1 is an aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl. More preferably, Ar1 is a phenyl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
Each Ar2 is an aryl group optionally and independently substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino and C1-C6 dialkylamino.
Each Ar3 is independently an aryl group, such as phenyl, each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy and haloalkyl. Preferably, Ar3 is independently an aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C10 alkyl, C1-C10 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C10 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C10 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C10 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C10 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C10 alkylamino and C1-C10 dialkylamino. Even more preferably, Ar3 is independently an aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C4 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C4 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino and C1-C4 dialkylamino.
Each R30 is independently hydrogen; an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; or an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl and alkylcarbonyl. Preferably, each R30 is independently hydrogen; an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or an C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C1 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl and C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl. More preferably, each R30 is independently hydrogen; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or an C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C1 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl and C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl.
Each R31 is independently R30, —CO2R30, —SO2R30 or —C(O)R30; or —N(R31)2 taken together is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group. Preferably, each R31 is independently R30, or —N(R31)2 is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
Each R32 is independently an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; or an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl and alkylcarbonyl. Preferably, each R32 is independently an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C1 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl and C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl. More preferably, each R32 is independently a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C1 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl and C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl.
Each R40 is independently hydrogen; an aryl group, such as a phenyl group, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino and C1-C6 dialkylamino; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino and C1-C6 dialkylamino.
Each R41 is independently R40, —CO2R40, —SO2R40 or —C(O)R40; or —N(R41)2 or taken together is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
Each R42 is independently an aryl group, such as a phenyl group, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino and C1-C6 dialkylamino; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino and C1-C6 dialkylamino.
Each R50 is independently hydrogen; an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; or an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl. Preferably, each R50 is independently hydrogen; an aryl group, such as a phenyl group, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino and C1-C6 dialkylamino; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino and C1-C6 dialkylamino.
Each R51 is independently R50, —CO2R50, —SO2R50 or —C(O)R50, or —N(R51)2 taken together is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group. Preferably, each R51 is independently R50, or —N(R31)2 is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
Each R52 is independently an aryl group optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; or an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl. Preferably, each R52 is independently an aryl group, such as a phenyl group, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino and C1-C6 dialkylamino; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino and C1-C6 dialkylamino.
R and R′ are each independently —H; a lower aliphatic group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —CN, —NCS, —NO2, —NH2, lower alkoxy, lower haloalkoxy and aryl; or an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —CN, —NCS, —NO2, —NH2, lower alkoxy, lower haloalkoxy, lower aliphatic group and lower haloaliphatic group; or R and R′ taken together with the nitrogen atom of NRR′ form a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of: halogen; —OH; —CN; —NCS; —NO2; —NH2; lower alkoxy; lower haloalkoxy; lower aliphatic group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —CN, —NCS, —NO2, —NH2, lower alkoxy, lower haloalkoxy and aryl; and aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —CN, —NCS, —NO2, —NH2, lower alkoxy, lower haloalkoxy, lower aliphatic group and lower haloaliphatic group. Preferably, R and R′ are each independently —H; a lower aliphatic group; a lower aliphatic group substituted with phenyl; or an aryl group. More preferably, R and R′ are each independently —H, C1-C4 alkyl, phenyl or benzyl.
A second set of values for the variables in Structural Formula (I) is provided in the following paragraphs:
Y is —H, —C(O)R, —C(O)OR or —C(O)NRR′, preferably —H.
R1 is an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, Ar1, —OR30, —O(haloalkyl), —SR30, —NO2, —CN, —NCS, —N(R31)2, —NR31C(O)R30, —NR31C(O)OR32, —N(R31)C(O)N(R31)2, —C(O)R30, —C(S)R30, —C(O)OR30, —OC(O)R30, —C(O)N(R31)2, —S(O)2R30, —SO2N(R31)2, —S(O)R32, —SO3R30, —NR31SO2N(R31)2, —NR31SO2R32, —Vo—Ar1, —Vo—OR30, —Vo—O(haloalkyl), —Vo—SR30, —Vo—NO2, —Vo—CN, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—NR31C(O)R30, —Vo—NR31CO2R32, —Vo—N(R31)C(O)N(R31)2, —Vo—C(O)R30, —Vo—C(S)R30, —Vo—CO2R30, —Vo—OC(O)R30, —Vo—C(O)N(R31)2—, —Vo—S(O)2R30, —Vo—SO2N(R31)2, —Vo—S(O)R32, —Vo—SO3R30, —Vo—NR31SO2N(R31)2, —Vo—NR31SO2R32, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —NR31C(O)—Vo—N(R31)2, —NR31C(O)—Vo—Ar1, —C(O)—Vo—N(R31)2, —C(O)—Vo—Ar1, —C(S)—Vo—N(R31)2, —C(S)—Vo—Ar1, —C(O)O—V1—N(R31)2, —C(O)O—Vo—Ar1, —O—C(O)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—C(O)—Vo—Ar1, —C(O)N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —C(O)N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —S(O)2—Vo—N(R31)2, —S(O)2—Vo—Ar1, —SO2N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —SO2N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —S(O)—Vo—N(R31)2, —S(O)—Vo—Ar1, —S(O)2—O—V1—N(R31)2, —S(O)2—O—Vo—Ar1, —NR31SO2—Vo—N(R31)2, —NR31SO2—Vo—Ar1, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p—S— and —[CH2]q—.
Values and preferred values for the remainder of the variables of Structural Formula (I) are each independently as described above for the first set of values.
A third set of values for the variables in Structural Formula (I) is provided in the following four paragraphs.
Y is —H, —C(O)R, —C(O)OR or —C(O)NRR′, preferably —H.
R1 is an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, Ar1, —OR30, —O(haloalkyl), —SR30, —NO2, —CN, —NCS, —N(R31)2, —NR31C(O)R30, —NR31C(O)OR32, —N(R31)C(O)N(R31)2, —C(O)R30, —C(S)R30, —C(O)OR30, —OC(O)R30, —C(O)N(R31)2, —S(O)2R30, —SO2N(R31)2, —S(O)R32, —SO3R30, —NR31SO2N(R31)2, —NR31SO2R32, —Vo—Ar1, —Vo—OR30, —Vo—O(haloalkyl), —Vo—SR30, —Vo—NO2, —Vo—CN, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—NR31C(O)R30, —Vo—NR31CO2R32, —Vo—N(R31)C(O)N(R31)2, —Vo—C(O)R30, —Vo—C(S)R30, —Vo—CO2R30, —Vo—OC(O)R30, —Vo—C(O)N(R31)2—, —Vo—S(O)2R30, —Vo—SO2N(R31)2, —Vo—S(O)R32, —Vo—SO3R30, —Vo—NR31SO2N(R31)2, —Vo—NR31SO2R32, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —NR31C(O)—Vo—N(R31)2, —NR31C(O)—Vo—Ar1, —C(O)—Vo—N(R31)2, —C(O)—Vo—Ar1, —C(S)—Vo—N(R31)2, —C(S)—Vo—Ar1, —C(O)O—V1—N(R31)2, —C(O)O—Vo—Ar1, —O—C(O)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—C(O)—Vo—Ar1, —C(O)N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —C(O)N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —S(O)2—Vo—N(R31)2, —S(O)2—Vo—Ar1, —SO2N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —SO2N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —S(O)—Vo—N(R31)2, —S(O)—Vo—Ar1, —S(O)2—O—V1—N(R31)2, —S(O)2—O—Vo—Ar1, —NR31SO2—Vo—N(R31)2, —NR31SO2—Vo—Ar1, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p—S— and —[CH2]q—.
R2 and R3 taken together with the nitrogen atom of N(R2R3) form a 5- or 6-membered, optionally-substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic ring. Examples of suitable substituents for the non-aromatic heterocyclic ring represented by —NR2R3 are as described in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
Values and preferred values for the remainder of the variables of Structural Formula (I) are as described above for the first set of values.
A fourth set of values for the variables in Structural Formula (I) is provided in the following paragraphs:
Y is —H, —C(O)R, —C(O)OR or —C(O)NRR′, preferably —H.
R1 is an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, Ar1, —OR30, —O(haloalkyl), —SR30, —NO2, —CN, —NCS, —N(R31)2, —NR31C(O)R30, —NR31C(O)OR32, —N(R31)C(O)N(R31)2, —C(O)R30, —C(S)R30, —C(O)OR30, —OC(O)R30, —C(O)N(R31)2, —S(O)2R30, —SO2N(R31)2, —S(O)R32, —SO3R30, —NR31SO2N(R31)2, —NR31SO2R32, —Vo—Ar1, —V—OR30, —Vo—O(haloalkyl), —Vo—SR30, —Vo—NO2, —Vo—CN, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—NR31C(O)R30, —Vo—NR31CO2R32, —Vo—N(R31)C(O)N(R31)2, —Vo—C(O)R30, —Vo—C(S)R30, —Vo—CO2R30, —Vo—OC(O)R30, —Vo—C(O)N(R31)2—, —Vo—S(O)2R30, —Vo—SO2N(R31)2, —Vo—S(O)R32, —Vo—SO3R30, —Vo—NR31SO2N(R31)2, —Vo—NR31SO2R32, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —NR31C(O)—Vo—N(R31)2, —NR31C(O)—Vo—Ar1, —C(O)—Vo—N(R31)2, —C(O)—Vo—Ar1, —C(S)—Vo—N(R31)2, —C(S)—Vo—Ar1, —C(O)O—V1—N(R31)2, —C(O)O—Vo—Ar1, —O—C(O)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—C(O)—Vo—Ar1, —C(O)N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —C(O)N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —S(O)2—Vo—N(R31)2, —S(O)2—Vo—Ar1, —SO2N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —SO2N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —S(O)—Vo—N(R31)2, —S(O)—Vo—Ar1, —S(O)2—O—V1—N(R31)2, —S(O)2—O—Vo—Ar1, —NR31SO2—Vo—N(R31)2, —NR31SO2—Vo—Ar1, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p—S— and —[CH2]q—.
R2 and R3 taken together with the nitrogen atom of N(R2R3) form a 5- or 6-membered, optionally-substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic ring.
R5 and R6 are each independently —H, —OH, a halogen, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkyl group.
Values and preferred values of the remainder of the variables of Structural Formula (I) are each independently as described above for the first set of values.
A fifth set of values for the variables in Structural Formula (I) is provided in the following paragraphs:
Y is —H, —C(O)R, —C(O)OR or —C(O)NRR′, preferably —H.
R1 is an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, Ar1, —OR30, —O(haloalkyl), —SR30, —NO2, —CN, —NCS, —N(R31)2, —NR31C(O)R30, —NR31C(O)OR32, —N(R31)C(O)N(R31)2, —C(O)R30, —C(S)R30, —C(O)OR30, —OC(O)R30, —C(O)N(R31)2, —S(O)2R30, —SO2N(R31)2, —S(O)R32, —SO3R30, —NR31SO2N(R31)2, —NR31SO2R32, —Vo—Ar1, —Vo—OR30, —Vo—O(haloalkyl), —Vo—SR30, —Vo—NO2, —Vo—CN, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—NR31C(O)R30, —Vo—NR31CO2R32, —Vo—N(R31)C(O)N(R31)2, —Vo—C(O)R30, —Vo—C(S)R30, —Vo—CO2R30, —Vo—OC(O)R30, —Vo—C(O)N(R31)2—, —Vo—S(O)2R30, —Vo—SO2N(R31)2, —Vo—S(O)R32, —Vo—SO3R30, —Vo—NR31SO2N(R31)2, —Vo—NR31SO2R32, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —NR31C(O)—Vo—N(R31)2, —NR31C(O)—Vo—Ar1, —C(O)—Vo—N(R31)2, —C(O)—Vo—Ar1, —C(S)—Vo—N(R31)2, —C(S)—Vo—Ar1, —C(O)O—V1—N(R31)2, —C(O)O—Vo—Ar1, —O—C(O)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—C(O)—Vo—Ar1, —C(O)N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —C(O)N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —S(O)2—Vo—N(R31)2, —S(O)2—Vo—Ar1, —SO2N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —SO2N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —S(O)—Vo—N(R31)2, —S(O)—Vo—Ar1, —S(O)2—O—V1—N(R31)2, —S(O)2—O—Vo—Ar1, —NR31SO2—Vo—N(R31)2, —NR31SO2—Vo—Ar1, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p— and —[CH2]q—.
R2 and R3 taken together with the nitrogen atom of N(R2R3) form a 5- or 6-membered, optionally-substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic ring.
R4 is an aliphatic or aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents. Examples of suitable substituents are as described above for the first set of values.
R5 and R6 are each independently —H, —OH, a halogen, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkyl group.
Values and preferred values of the remainder of the variables of Structural Formula (I) are each independently as described above for the first set of values.
A sixth set of values for the variables in Structural Formula (I) is provided in the following paragraphs:
Y is —H, —C(O)R, —C(O)OR or —C(O)NRR′, preferably —H.
R1 is an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, Ar1, —OR30, —O(haloalkyl), —SR30, —NO2, —CN, —NCS, —N(R31)2, —NR31C(O)R30, —NR31C(O)OR32, —N(R31)C(O)N(R31)2, —C(O)R30, —C(S)R30, —C(O)OR30, —OC(O)R30, —C(O)N(R31)2, —S(O)2R30, —SO2N(R31)2, —S(O)R32, —SO3R30, —NR31SO2N(R31)2, —NR31SO2R32, —Vo—Ar1, —Vo—OR30, —Vo—O(haloalkyl), —Vo—SR30, —Vo—NO2, —Vo—CN, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—NR31C(O)R30, —Vo—NR31CO2R32, —Vo—N(R31)C(O)N(R31)2, —Vo—C(O)R30, —Vo—C(S)R30, —Vo—CO2R30, —Vo—OC(O)R30, —Vo—C(O)N(R31)2—, —Vo—S(O)2R30, —Vo—SO2N(R31)2, —Vo—S(O)R32, —Vo—SO3R30, —Vo—NR31SO2N(R31)2, —Vo—NR31SO2R32, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —NR31C(O)—Vo—N(R31)2, —NR31C(O)—Vo—Ar1, —C(O)—Vo—N(R31)2, —C(O)—Vo—Ar1, —C(S)—Vo—N(R31)2, —C(S)—Vo—Ar1, —C(O)O—V1—N(R31)2, —C(O)O—Vo—Ar1, —O—C(O)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—C(O)—Vo—Ar1, —C(O)N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —C(O)N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —S(O)2—Vo—N(R31)2, —S(O)2—Vo—Ar1, —SO2N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —SO2N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —S(O)—Vo—N(R31)2, —S(O)—Vo—Ar1, —S(O)2—O—V1—N(R31)2, —S(O)2—O—Vo—Ar1, —NR31SO2—Vo—N(R31)2, —NR31SO2—Vo—Ar1, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p—S— and —[CH2]q—.
R2 and R3 taken together with the nitrogen atom of N(R2R3) form a 5- or 6-membered, optionally-substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic ring.
R4 is an optionally substituted cyclic alkyl group, or an optionally substituted cyclic alkenyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, —CN, —NCS, —NO2 or a halogen. Examples of suitable substituents are as described above for the first set.
R5 and R6 are each independently —H, —OH, a halogen, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkyl group.
Values and preferred values of the remainder of the variables of Structural Formula (I) are each independently as described above for the first set of values.
A seventh set of values and preferred values for the variables in Structural Formula (I) is provided in the following paragraphs:
Values and preferred values of R1, Y, R2, R3, R5 and R6 are each independently as described above for the sixth set.
R4 is an optionally substituted cyclic alkyl group, or an optionally substituted cyclic alkenyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group, specifically optionally substituted aryl group. Examples of suitable substituents are as described above for the first set.
Values and preferred values of the remainder of the variables of Structural Formula (I) are each independently as described above for the first set of values.
In a second embodiment, the compound of the invention is represented by Structural Formula (II), (III), (IV), (V), (VI), (VII) or (VIII):




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. A first set of values for the variables of Structural Formulas (II)-(VIII) is provided in the following paragraphs:

R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R31)2, Ar1, —Vo—OR30, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—Ar1, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p—S— and —[CH2]q—. Preferably, R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, aryl, aryloxy, —OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, —O—[CH2]p—O— and —[CH2]q—.
Ar1 is an aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl. Preferably, Ar1 is a phenyl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
R30 is independently hydrogen; an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl. Preferably, R30 is independently hydrogen; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
Each R31 is independently R30, or —N(R31)2 is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group. Examples of suitable substituents are as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
R2 and R3 taken together with the nitrogen atom of N(R2R3) form a 5- or 6-membered, optionally-substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic ring. Examples of suitable substituents for the non-aromatic heterocyclic ring represented by —NR2R3 are as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
R4 is an aliphatic or aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
R5 and R6 for Structural Formulas (II), (III) and (V) are each independently —H, —OH, a halogen, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkyl group.
For Structural Formula (VIII), R7 is —H or C1-C6 alkyl, preferably —H.
Values and preferred values of the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (II)-(VIII) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A second set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (II)-(VIII) is provided in the following paragraphs:
R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R31)2, Ar1, —Vo—OR30, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—Ar1, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p—S—, or —[CH2]q—. Preferably, R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, aryl, aryloxy, —OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, —O—[CH2]p—O— and —[CH2]q—.
Ar1 is an aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl. Preferably, Ar1 is a phenyl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
R30 is independently hydrogen; an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl. Preferably, R30 is independently hydrogen; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
Each R31 is independently R30, or —N(R31)2 is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
—N(R2R3) is a pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl or morpholinyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C5 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C5 alkylcarbonyl or C1-C5 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C5 alkylamino and C1-C5 dialkylamino.
R4 is an aliphatic or aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents. Examples of suitable substituents are described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
R5 and R6 for Structural Formulas (II), (III) and (V) are each independently —H, —OH, a halogen, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkyl group.
For Structural Formula (VIII), R7 is —H or C1-C6 alkyl, preferably —H.
Values and preferred values of the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (II)-(VIII) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A third set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (II)-(VIII) is provided in the following paragraphs:
R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R31)2, Ar1, —Vo—OR30, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—Ar1, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p—S—, or —[CH2]q—. Preferably, R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, aryl, aryloxy, —OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, —O—[CH2]p—O— and —[CH2]q—.
Ar1 is an aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl. Preferably, Ar1 is a phenyl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
R30 is independently hydrogen; an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or an C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl. Preferably, R30 is independently hydrogen; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
Each R31 is independently R30, or —N(R31)2 is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
—N(R2R3) is a pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl or morpholinyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C5 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C5 alkylcarbonyl or C1-C5 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C5 alkylamino and C1-C5 dialkylamino.
R4 is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted lower arylalkyl group. Example of suitable substituents are as described in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
R5 and R6 for Structural Formulas (II), (III) and (V) are each independently —H, —OH, a halogen, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkyl group.
For Structural Formula (VIII), R7 is —H.
Preferably, Q in Structural Formula (II) is —O—, —S—, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —NR7(CO)— or —C(O)NR7—
Values and preferred values of the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (II)-(VIII) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I). Preferably, for Structural Formula (II), Q is —O—, —S—, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —NR7(CO)— or —C(O)NR7—.
A fourth set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (II)-(VIII) is provided in the following paragraphs:
R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R31)2, Ar1, —Vo—OR30, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—Ar1, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p—S—, or —[CH2]q—. Preferably, R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, aryl, aryloxy, —OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, —O—[CH2]p—O— and —[CH2]q—.
Ar1 is a phenyl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
Each R30 is independently hydrogen; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
Each R31 is independently R30, or —N(R31)2 is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
—N(R2R3) is a pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl or morpholinyl group, which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C5 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C5 alkylcarbonyl or C1-C5 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C5 alkylamino and C1-C5 dialkylamino.
R4 is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted lower arylalkyl group. Examples of suitable substitutents for R4 are as provided above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I). Preferably, R4 is selected from the group consisting of:




Each of rings A-Z5 is optionally and independently substituted.

For Structural Formula (VIII), R7 is —H.
Values and preferred values of the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (II)-(VIII) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I). When the compound of the invention is represented by Structural Formula (III) or (IV), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, n is 1, 2, 3 or 4. Alternatively, when the compound of the invention is represented by Structural Formula (V) or (VI), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, n is 3, 4 or 5.
A fifth set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (II)-(VIII) independently is as defined in the first set, second set, third set, fourth set, fifth set, sixth set or seventh set of values for the variables for Structural Formula (I).
In a third embodiment, the compound of the invention is represented by Structural Formula (IX) or (X):




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. A first set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (IX) and (X) is defined in the following paragraphs:

R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents. Examples of suitable substituents include halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R31)2, Ar1, —Vo—OR30, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—Ar1, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p—S—, and —[CH2]q—; preferably, R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OCH3, —OC2H5 and —O—[CH2]p—O—.
—N(R2R3) is a pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl or morpholinyl group, which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C5 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C5 alkylcarbonyl or C1-C5 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C5 alkylamino and C1-C5 dialkylamino; preferably, —N(R2R3) is an unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl or morpholinyl group.
Phenyl ring A is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C10 alkyl, C1-C10 haloalkyl, amino, C1-C10 alkylamino, C1-C10 dialkylamino, —OR50, —Ar3, —V4—Ar3, —V—OR50, —O(C1-C10 haloalkyl), —V4—O(C1-C10 haloalkyl), —O—V4—Ar3, —O—[CH2]p′—O— and —[CH2]q′—.
Ar3 is a phenyl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
Each R50 is independently hydrogen; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or an C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
For Structural Formula (IX), n is 1, 2, 3 or 4. For Structural Formula (X), n is 3, 4 or 5.
Values and preferred values of the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (IX) and (X) are each independently as defined above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A second set of values and preferred values for the variables in Structural Formulas (IX) and (X) is as defined in the following paragraphs:
R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OCH3, —OC2H5 and —O—[CH2]p—O—.
—N(R2R3) is pyrrolidinyl.
Phenyl ring A is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C10 alkyl, C1-C10 haloalkyl, amino, C1-C10 alkylamino, C1-C10 dialkylamino, aryl, aryloxy, hydroxy, C1-C10 alkoxy, —O—[CH2]p′—O— and —[CH2]q′—. Preferably, phenyl ring A is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OCH3 or —OC2H5.
For Structural Formula (IX), n is 1, 2, 3 or 4. For Structural Formula (X), n is 3, 4 or 5.
Values and preferred values of the remaining variables of Structural Formulas (IX) and (X) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A third set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (IX) and (X) independently is as defined in the first set, second set, third set, fourth set or fifth set, of values for Structural Formulas (II)-(VIII).
In a fourth embodiment, the compound of the invention is represented by Structural Formula (XI), (XII) or (XIII):




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. A first set of values and preferred values for the variables of Structural Formulas (XI)-(XIII) is defined in the following paragraphs:

R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R31)2, Ar1, —Vo—OR30, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—Ar1, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p—S—, or —[CH2]q—. Preferably, R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, aryl, aryloxy, —OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, —O—[CH2]p—O— and —[CH2]q—.
Ar1 is an aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl. Preferably, Ar1 is a phenyl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
R30 is independently hydrogen; an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl. Preferably, R30 is independently hydrogen; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
Each R31 is independently R30, or —N(R31)2 is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group. Examples of suitable substituents are as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
R2 and R3 taken together with the nitrogen atom of N(R2R3) form a 5- or 6-membered, optionally-substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic ring. Examples of suitable substituents for the non-aromatic heterocyclic group represented by —NR2R3 are as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
R4 is an optionally substituted aryl group. Examples of suitable substituents for R4 are as provided above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
R5 and R6 for Structural Formula (XI) are each independently —H, —OH, a halogen, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkyl group.
Values and preferred values of the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (XI)-(XIII) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A second set of values and preferred values for the variables of Structural Formulas (XI)-(XIII) is defined in the following paragraphs:
R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —OR, —SR30, —N(R31)2, Ar1, —Vo—OR30, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—Ar1, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p—S—, or —[CH2]q—. Preferably, R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, aryl, aryloxy, —OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, —O—[CH2]p—O—, and —[CH2]q—.
Ar1 is a phenyl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
Each R30 is independently hydrogen; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or an C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; and
Each R31 is independently R30, or —N(R31)2 is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
—N(R2R3) is a pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl or morpholinyl group, which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C5 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C5 alkylcarbonyl or C1-C5 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C5 alkylamino and C1-C5 dialkylamino.
R4 is an optionally substituted aryl group. Suitable substituents and preferred substitutents are as provided above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I). Preferably, R4 is selected from the group consisting of:




Each of rings A-Z5 is optionally and independently substituted. Preferably, each of rings A-Z5 is optionally and independently substituted with one or more substituents selected from Ar3 and Ar3—Ar3 wherein values and preferred values of Ar3 are as described above for the first set of values for Structural Formula (I). Preferably, Ar3 is an aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C10 alkyl, C1-C10 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C10 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C10 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C10 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C10 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C10 alkylamino and C1-C10 dialkylamino. More preferably, Ar3 is an aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C4 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C4 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino and C1-C4 dialkylamino.

R5 and R6 for Structural Formula (XI) are each independently —H, —OH, a halogen, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkyl group.
Values and preferred values of the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (XI)-(XIII) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A third set of values for the variables of Structural Formulas (XI)-(XIII) is defined in the following paragraphs:
R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R31)2, Ar1, —Vo—OR30, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—Ar1, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p—S—, or —[CH2]q—. Preferably, R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, aryl, aryloxy, —OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, —O—[CH2]p—O—, and —[CH2]q—.
Ar1 is a phenyl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
Each R30 is independently hydrogen; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
Each R31 is independently R30, or —N(R31)2 is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
—N(R2R3) is an unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl or morpholinyl group.
R4 is a biaryl group, such as a biphenyl group, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, amino, nitro, Ar3, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, hydroxy and C1-C6 haloalkoxy.
R5 and R6 for Structural Formula (XI) are each independently —H, —OH, a halogen, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkyl group, preferably —H.
Values and preferred values of the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (XI)-(XIII) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A fourth set of values for the variables of Structural Formulas (XI)-(XIII) is defined in the following paragraphs:
R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OCH3, —OC2H5 and —O—[CH2]p—O—, Preferably, R1 is




where r is 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably 1 or 2.

—N(R2R3) is an unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group.
R4 is a biaryl group, such as a biphenyl group, optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, amino, nitro, Ar3, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, hydroxy and C1-C6 haloalkoxy.
R5 and R6 for Structural Formula (XI) are each independently —H, —OH, a halogen, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkyl group, preferably —H.
n is an integer from 1 to 4.
Values and preferred values of the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (XI)-(XIII) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A fifth set of values preferred values for the variables of Structural Formulas (XI)-(XIII) is defined in the following paragraphs:
R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OCH3, —OC2H5 and —O—[CH2]p—O—. Preferably R1 is




where r is 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably 1 or 2. —N(R2R3) is pyrrolidinyl.

R4 is




optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, amino, nitro, Ar3, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, hydroxy and C1-C6 haloalkoxy.

n is 1.
R5 and R6 for Structural Formula (XI) are each independently —H, —OH, a halogen, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkyl group, preferably —H.
Values and preferred values of the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (XI)-(XIII) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A sixth set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (XI)-(XIII) independently is as defined in the first set, second set, third set, fourth set, fifth set, sixth set or seventh set of values for Structural Formula (I).
In a fifth embodiment, the compound of the invention is represented by Structural Formula (XIV) or (XV):




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. A first set of values and preferred values for the variables in Structural Formulas (XIV) and (XV) is as defined in the following paragraphs:

R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R31)2, Ar1, —Vo—OR30, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—Ar1, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p—S—, or —[CH2]q—. Preferably, R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, aryl, aryloxy, —OH, C1-C6 alkoxy, —O—[CH2]p—O—, and —[CH2]q—.
Ar1 is a phenyl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
Each R30 is independently hydrogen; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
Each R31 is independently R30, or —N(R31)2 is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
—N(R2R3) is a pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl or morpholinyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 haloalkyl, hydroxyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C5 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C5 alkylcarbonyl or C1-C5 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C5 alkylamino and C1-C5 dialkylamino.
k is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6.
R8 is —H, or an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted lower alkyl group. Examples of suitable substituents are as described for the first set of values for Structural Formula (I). Preferably, R8 is selected from the group consisting of:




Each of rings A-Z5 is optionally and independently substituted. Examples of suitable substituents for R8 are as provided above in the first set of values for R4 in Structural Formula (I). More preferably, R8 is a





group. Alternatively, R8 is an aryl group substituted with Ar3, such as a phenyl group substituted with Ar3, where values and preferred values of Ar3 are as described above in Structural Formula (I).

Values and preferred values of the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (XIV) and (XV) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A second set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (XIV) and (XV) is defined in the following paragraphs:
R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R31)2, Ar1, —V—OR30, —V—N(R31)2, —V—Ar1, —O—V—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—V—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—V—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p—S— and —[CH2]q—.
Ar1 is a phenyl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
Each R30 is independently hydrogen; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or an C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl.
Each R31 is independently R30, or —N(R31)2 is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
—N(R2R3) is an unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl or morpholinyl group, preferably an unsubstituted pyrrolidinyl group.
Values and preferred values for k and R8 are as provided above in the first set of values for Structural Formulas (XIV) and (XV).
Values and preferred values of the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (XIV) and (XV) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A third set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (XIV) and (XV) is defined in the following paragraphs:
R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OCH3, —OC2H5 and —O—[CH2]p—O—. Preferably R1 is




where r is 1, 2, 3 or 4, preferably 1 or 2. —N(R2R3) is pyrrolidinyl.

Values and preferred values for k and R8 are each independently as provided above in the first set of values for Structural Formulas (XIV) and (XV).
Values and preferred values of the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (XIV) and (XV) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A fourth set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (XIV)-(XV) is as defined in the first set, second set, third set, fourth set, fifth set, sixth set or seventh set for Structural Formula (I).
In a sixth embodiment, the compound of the invention is represented by Structural Formula (XXI):




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. A first set of values and preferred values for the variables in Structural Formula (XXI) is as defined in the following paragraphs:

Each of A and B independently is halogen, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy or C1-C6 haloalkoxy.
k′ is 0, 1 or 2.
k′′ is 0, 1 or 2. Preferably, k′′ is 0 or 1. More preferably k′′ is 1.
m′ is 0, 1 or 2. Preferably, m′ is 1.
Values and preferred values for the remainder of the variables of Structural Formula (XXI) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A second set of values for the variables in Structural Formula (XXI) is provided in the following paragraphs:
Y is —H, —C(O)R, —C(O)OR or —C(O)NRR′, preferably —H.
Values and preferred values for A, B, k′, k′′ and m′ are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (XXI).
Values and preferred values for the remainder of the variables of Structural Formula (XXI) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A third set of values for the variables in Structural Formula (XXI) is provided in the following paragraphs:
R30 is independently hydrogen; an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl. Preferably, R30 is independently hydrogen; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl. More preferably, R30 is independently hydrogen; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl. Even more preferably, R30 is independently hydrogen, or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy and hydroxy.
Values and preferred values for A, B, Y, k′, k′′ and m′ are each independently as described above in the second set of values for Structural Formula (XXI).
Values and preferred values for the remainder of the variables of Structural Formula (XXI) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A fourth set of values for the variables in Structural Formula (XXI) is provided in the following paragraphs:
Y is —H.
Values and preferred values for R30, A, B, k′, k′′ and m′ are each independently as described above in the third set of values for Structural Formula (XXI).
Values and preferred values for the remainder of the variables of Structural Formula (XXI) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
In a seventh embodiment, the compound of the invention is represented by Structural Formula (XXII), (XXIII), (XXIV), (XXV), (XXVI), (XXVII), (XXVIII), (XXIX), (XXX) or (XXXI):







or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. A first set of values and preferred values for the variables in Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXXI) is as defined in the following paragraphs:

Each of A and B independently is halogen, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy or C1-C6 haloalkoxy.
Each R30 is independently hydrogen; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl. Preferably, R30 is independently hydrogen; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl. More preferably, R30 is independently hydrogen, or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy and hydroxy.
Each k′ is independently 0, 1 or 2.
Each k′′ is independently 0, 1 or 2.
Each m′ is independently 0, 1 or 2. Preferably, each m′ is 1.
Each n is independently 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6. Preferably, each n in Structural Formulas (XXV) and (XXVI) is independently 1, 2, 3 or 4, and each n in Structural Formulas (XXIII) or (XXIV) is independently 2, 3, 4 or 5.
Values and preferred values for the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXXI) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A second set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXXI) is provided in the following paragraphs:
Each R4 in Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXVIII) is independently an aliphatic or aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I). Preferably, each R4 in Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXVIII) is independently an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted lower arylalkyl group. Examples of suitable substituents are as described in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
Each R4 in Structural Formulas (XXIX)-(XXXI) is independently an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
R5 and R6 in Structural Formulas (XXII), (XXIII), (XV) and (XXIX) are each independently —H, —OH, a halogen, a C1-C6 alkoxy group or a C1-C6 alkyl group.
For Structural Formula (XXVIII), R7 is —H or C1-C6 alkyl, preferably —H.
Values and preferred values for A, B, R30, k′, k′′, m′ and n are each independently as described above in the first set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXXI). Preferably, each n in Structural Formulas (XXV) and (XXVI) is independently 1, 2, 3 or 4, and each n in Structural Formulas (XXIII) or (XXIV) is independently 2, 3, 4 or 5.
Values and preferred values for the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXXI) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A third set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXXI) is provided in the following paragraphs:
Each R4 in Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXVIII) is independently an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted lower arylalkyl group. Example of suitable substituents are as described in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I). Each R4 in Structural Formulas (XXIX)-(XXXI) is independently an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
R5 and R6 for Structural Formulas (XXII), (XXIII), (XXV) and (XXIX) are each independently —H, —OH, a halogen, a lower alkoxy group or a lower alkyl group.
For Structural Formula (XXVIII), R7 is —H.
Q in Structural Formula (XXII) is —O—, —S—, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —NR7(CO)— or —C(O)NR7—.
Values and preferred values for A, B, R30, k′, k′′, m′ and n are each independently as described above in the first set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXXI). Preferably, each n in Structural Formulas (XXV) and (XXVI) is independently 1, 2, 3 or 4, and each n in Structural Formulas (XXIII) or (XXIV) is independently 2, 3, 4 or 5.
Values and preferred values for the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXXI) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A fourth set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXXI) is provided in the following paragraphs:
Each R4 in Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXVIII) is independently selected from the group consisting of:




wherein each x is independently 0 or 1, and each of rings A-Z5 is optionally and independently substituted.

Each R4 in Structural Formulas (XXIX)-(XXXI) is independently selected from the group consisting of:




wherein each of rings A-Z5 is optionally and independently substituted. Preferably, each R4 in Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXXI) is independently monocyclic.

Example of suitable substituents for rings A-Z5 are as described in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
Preferably, in Structural Formulas (XXIX)-(XXXI), each of rings A-Z5 is optionally and independently substituted with one or more substituents selected from Ar3 and Ar3—Ar3 wherein values and preferred values of Ar3 are as described above for the first set of values for Structural Formula (I). Preferably, Ar3 is an aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C10 alkyl, C1-C10 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C10 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C10 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C10 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C10 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C10 alkylamino and C1-C10 dialkylamino. More preferably, Ar3 is an aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C4 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C4 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino and C1-C4 dialkylamino.
Values and preferred values for R5, R6, R7, R30, Q, k′, k′′, m′ and n are each independently as described above in the third set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXXII). Preferably, each n in Structural Formulas (XXV) and (XXVI) is independently 1, 2, 3 or 4, and each n in Structural Formulas (XXIII) or (XXIV) is independently 2, 3, 4 or 5.
Values and preferred values for the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXXI) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A fifth set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXXI) is provided in the following paragraphs:
Each R4 in Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXVIII) is independently




wherein x is 0 or 1.

Each R4 in Structural Formulas (XXIX)-(XXXI) is independently




Each ring A is optionally substituted. Example of suitable substituents for rings A are as described in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
Preferably, ring A is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, amino, nitro, Ar3, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, hydroxy and C1-C6 haloalkoxy.
Ar3 is an aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C4 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, C1-C4 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C4 alkylcarbonyl, C1-C4 haloalkoxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino and C1-C4 dialkylamino.
Values and preferred values for A, B, R5, R6, R7, R30, Q, k′, k′′, m′ and n are each independently as described above in the fourth set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXXI).
Values and preferred values for the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXXI) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
A sixth set of values for the variables other than A, B, k′, k′′ and m′ in Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXXI) is as defined in the first set, second set, third set, fourth set, fifth set, sixth set or seventh set of values for the variables for Structural Formula (I), and values and preferred values for A, B, k′, k′′ and m′ are each independently as described above in the first set of values for the variables in Structural Formulas (XXII)-(XXXI).
In an eighth embodiment, the compound of the invention is represented by Structural Formula (XXXII) or (XXXIII):




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. A first set of values and preferred values for the variables in Structural Formulas (XXXII)-(XXXIII) is as defined in the following paragraphs:

Each of A and B independently is halogen, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy or C1-C6 haloalkoxy.
Each R30 is independently hydrogen; a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl. Preferably, R30 is independently hydrogen; or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl. More preferably, R30 is independently hydrogen, or a C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy and hydroxy.
Each k is independently 0, 1 or 2.
Each k′′ is independently 0, 1 or 2.
Each m′ is independently 0, 1 or 2.
Each q is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6.
Each R8 independently is —H, or an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted lower alkyl group. Examples of suitable substituents are as described for the first set of values for Structural Formula (I). Preferably, each R8 independently is selected from the group consisting of:




Each of rings A-Z5 is optionally and independently substituted. Examples of suitable substituents for R8 are as provided above in the first set of values for R4 in Structural Formula (I). More preferably, each R8 is independently a





group. Alternatively, each R8 is independently an aryl group substituted with Ar3, such as a phenyl group substituted with Ar3, where values and preferred values of Ar3 are as described above in Structural Formula (I).

Values and preferred values for the remainder of the variables of Structural Formulas (XXXII)-(XXXIII) are each independently as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).
In one preferred embodiment, each k′ in Structural Formulas (XXI)-(XXXIII) is independently 0 or 1. Preferably, when k′ is 1, each A independently is positioned at a meta position of the phenyl ring.
In another preferred embodiment, each k′′ in Structural Formulas (XXI)-(XXXIII) is independently 0 or 1, more preferably 1.
In yet another preferred embodiment, each m′ in Structural Formulas (XXI)-(XXXIII) is independently 1.
In yet another preferred embodiment, each k′ in Structural Formulas (XXI)-(XXXIII) is independently 0 or 1; and each k′′ in Structural Formulas (XXI)-(XXXIII) is independently 0 or 1, more preferably 1.
In yet another preferred embodiment, in Structural Formulas (XXI)-(XXXIII):
Each R30 is independently hydrogen or a C1-C6 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C3 alkylamino, C1-C3 dialkylamino, C1-C3 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C3 haloalkoxy, C1-C3 alkoxycarbonyl and C1-C3 alkylcarbonyl;
each k′ in Structural Formulas (XXI)-(XXXIV) is independently 0 or 1. Preferably, when k′ is 1, each A independently is positioned at a meta position of the phenyl ring; and
each k′′ in Structural Formulas (XXI)-(XXXIV) is independently 0 or 1, preferably 1.
In yet another preferred embodiment, in Structural Formulas (XXI)-(XXXIII):
Each —OR30 is independently —OH or —O—C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C3 C1-C3 alkoxy, hydroxy and C1-C3 haloalkoxy;
each k′ in Structural Formulas (XXI)-(XXXIII) is independently 0 or 1. Preferably, when k′ is 1, each A is independently positioned at a meta position of the phenyl ring; and
each k′′ in Structural Formulas (XXI)-(XXXIII) is independently 0 or 1, preferably 1.
In one more preferred embodiment, the compound of the invention is represented by Structural Formula (XVIA) or (XVIB):




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Q is —O—, —C(O)— or —NH, specifically, —O— or —C(O)—; r and s are each independently 1, 2, 3 or 4; each n independently is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and R4 has values and preferred values provided above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).

In another more preferred embodiment, the compound of the invention is represented by Structural Formula (XVIC) or (XVID):




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

Q is —O—, —C(O)— or —NH, specifically, —O— or —C(O)—;
r and s are each independently 1, 2, 3 or 4;
each n independently is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
R4 has values and preferred values provided above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I); and
B is halogen, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy or C1-C6 haloalkoxy. Preferably, B is halogen, hydroxy, C1-C5 alkoxy or C1-C5 haloalkoxy.
In another more preferred embodiment, the compound of the invention is represented by Structural Formula (XVII), (XVIII), (XIX) or (XIX):




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein phenyl ring A is optionally substituted; each n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6; and k is 0, 1 or 2. Values and preferred values of suitable substituents of phenyl ring A are as described above in the first set of values for Structural Formula (I).

In all of the embodiments described above for Structural Formulas (XXI)-(XXXIII) and (XVIC)-(XVID), the heterocyclic ring represented by




can be replaced with a bridged heterobicyclic ring comprising 5-12 ring carbon atoms and 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms. The invention also includes compounds represented by Structural Formulas (XXI)-(XXXIII) and (XVIC)-(XVID) with this replacement of





with a bridged heterobicyclic ring comprising 5-12 ring carbon atoms and 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms. Values, including preferred values, for the variables other than B, k′′ and m′ in Structural Formulas (XXI)-(XXXIII) and (XVIC)-(XVID) are as defined above with respect to Structural Formulas (XXI)-(XXXIIII) and (XVIC)-(XVID).

Similarly, in all of the embodiments described above for Structural Formulas (I)-(XX), the non-aromatic heterocyclic ring represented by —NR2R3 can be a bridged heterobicyclic ring comprising 5-12 ring carbon atoms and 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms.
Examples of bridged heterobicyclic ring comprising 5-12 ring carbon atoms and 1 or 2 nitrogen atoms include




The bridged bicyclic ring carbon atoms can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, cyano, nitro, —OH, —SH, —O(C1-C6 alkyl), —S(C1-C6 alkyl), —O(C1-C6 haloalkyl), —S(C1-C6 haloalkyl), C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino and C1-C6 dialkylamino. Alternatively, the bridged bicyclic ring carbon atoms can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, —OH, —O(C1-C6 alkyl) and —O(C1-C6 haloalkyl). The bridged bicyclic ring nitrogen atoms can be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl and phenyl, the alkyl being optionally substituted with halogen, cyano, nitro, —OH, —SH, —O(C1-C6 alkyl), —S(C1-C6 alkyl), —O(C1-C6 haloalkyl), —S(C1-C6 haloalkyl), phenyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino and C1-C6 dialkylamino, and the phenyl being optionally substituted with halogen, cyano, nitro, —OH, —SH, —O(C1-C6 alkyl), —S(C1-C6 alkyl), —O(C1-C6 haloalkyl), —S(C1-C6 haloalkyl), C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino and C1-C6 dialkylamino. Alternatively, the bridged bicyclic ring nitrogen atoms can be optionally substituted with C1-C6 alkyl that is optionally substituted with halogen, —OH, —O(C1-C6 alkyl) and —O(C1-C6 haloalkyl).

In another embodiment, the compound of the invention is represented by a structural formula selected from Structural Formulas (I)-(VIII) and (XI)-(XV), wherein values, including preferred values, of the variables in the structural formulas, other than R30, R31 and R32 for the substituents of R1, are independently as defined in each embodiment described above for Structural Formulas (I)-(VIII) and (XI)-(XV). In this embodiment, each R30 is independently: i) hydrogen; ii) an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; or iii) an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, phenyl, phenylamino, diphenylamino, aryloxy, benzoyl, phenoxycarbonyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl and alkylcarbonyl. Each R31 is independently R30, —CO2R30, —SO2R30 or —C(O)R30; or —N(R31)2 taken together is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group. Each R32 is independently: i) an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkoxy and haloalkyl; or ii) an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, phenyl, phenylamino, diphenylamino, aryloxy, benzoyl, phenoxycarbonyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl and alkylcarbonyl. Each of the phenyl, phenylamino, diphenylamino, aryloxy, benzoyl, phenoxycarbonyl for the substituents of the alkyl group represented by R30 and R32 is independently and optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C5 haloalkyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, C1-C5 haloalkoxy, C1-C5 alkylamino, C1-C5 dialkylamino, (C1-C5 alkoxy)carbonyl and (C1-C5 alkyl)carbonyl. Each of the alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl and alkylcarbonyl for the substituents of the alkyl group represented by R30 and R32 is independently and optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, amino, phenyl, C1-C5 alkoxy, C1-C5 haloalkoxy, phenylamino, C1-C5 alkylamino, C1-C5 dialkylamino, diphenylamino, (C1-C5 alkoxy)carbonyl, (C1-C5 alkyl)carbonyl, benzoyl and phenoxycarbonyl.
Specific examples of the compounds of the invention are shown below:
















and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

Other specific examples of the compounds of the invention include compounds shown in Tables 1 and 2 and those exemplified in the examples below, stereoisomers thereof, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Also included are solvates, hydrates or polymorphs of the disclosed compounds herein. Thus, it is to be understood that when any compound is referred to herein by name and structure, solvates, hydrates and polymorphs thereof are included.
The compounds of the invention may contain one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and, therefore, may exist as stereoisomers, such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric isomers), enantiomers, or diastereomers. When compounds of the invention are depicted or named without indicating the stereochemistry, it is to be understood that both stereomerically pure forms (e.g., geometrically pure, enantiomerically pure, or diastereomerically pure) and stereoisomeric mixtures are encompassed. For example, the compound represented by Structural Formula (I) below has chiral centers 1 and 2. Accordingly, the compounds of the invention depicted by Structural Formula (I) include (1R, 2R), (1R, 2S), (1S, 2R) and (1S, 2S) stereoisomers and mixtures thereof.




As used herein, a racemic mixture means about 50% of one enantiomer and about 50% of is corresponding enantiomer relative to all chiral centers in the molecule. The invention encompasses all enantiomerically-pure, enantiomerically-enriched, diastereomerically pure, diastereomerically enriched, and racemic mixtures of the compounds of the invention.
In some preferred embodiments, the compounds of the invention are (1R, 2R) stereoisomers.
Enantiomeric and diastereomeric mixtures can be resolved into their component enantiomers or stereoisomers by well known methods, such as chiral-phase gas chromatography, chiral-phase high performance liquid chromatography, crystallizing the compound as a chiral salt complex, or crystallizing the compound in a chiral solvent. Enantiomers and diastereomers can also be obtained from diastereomerically- or enantiomerically-pure intermediates, reagents, and catalysts by well known asymmetric synthetic methods.
Included in the invention are pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds disclosed herein. The disclosed compounds have basic amine groups and therefore can form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable acid(s). Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of the compounds of the invention include salts of inorganic acids (such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic, phosphoric, metaphosphoric, nitric, and sulfuric acids) and of organic acids (such as, acetic acid, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, citric, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, gluconic, glycolic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, succinic, p-toluenesulfonic, and tartaric acids). Compounds of the invention with acidic groups such as carboxylic acids can form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable base(s). Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable basic salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts (such as sodium and potassium salts) and alkaline earth metal salts (such as magnesium and calcium salts). Compounds with a quaternary ammonium group also contain a counteranion such as chloride, bromide, iodide, acetate, perchlorate and the like. Other examples of such salts include hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, sulfates, methanesulfonates, nitrates, maleates, acetates, citrates, fumarates, tartrates [e.g. (+)-tartrates, (−)-tartrates or mixtures thereof including racemic mixtures], succinates, benzoates and salts with amino acids such as glutamic acid.
When the stereochemistry of the disclosed compounds is named or depicted by structure, the named or depicted stereoisomer is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% by weight pure relative to the other stereoisomers. When a single enantiomer is named or depicted by structure, the depicted or named enantiomer is at least 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 99% or 99.9% by weight optically pure. Percent optical purity by weight is the ratio of the weight of the enatiomer over the weight of the enantiomer plus the weight of its optical isomer.
As used herein, the term “hydrolyzable group” means an amide, ester, carbamate, carbonate, ureide, or phosphate analogue, respectively, that either: 1) does not destroy the biological activity of the compound and confers upon that compound advantageous properties in vivo, such as improved water solubility, improved circulating half-life in the blood (e.g., because of reduced metabolism of the prodrug), improved uptake, improved duration of action, or improved onset of action; or 2) is itself biologically inactive but is converted to a biologically active compound. Examples of hydrolyzable amides include, but are not limited to, lower alkyl amides, α-amino acid amides, alkoxyacyl amides, and alkylaminoalkylcarbonyl amides. Examples of biohydrolyzable esters include, but are not limited to, lower alkyl esters, alkoxyacyloxy esters, alkyl acylamino alkyl esters, and choline esters. Examples of biohydrolyzable carbamates include, but are not limited to, lower alkylamines, substituted ethylenediamines, aminoacids, hydroxyalkylamines, heterocyclic and heteroaromatic amines, and polyether amines.
An “aliphatic group” is non-aromatic, consists solely of carbon and hydrogen and may optionally contain one or more units of unsaturation, e.g., double and/or triple bonds. An aliphatic group may be straight chained, branched or cyclic. When straight chained or branched, an aliphatic group typically contains between about one and about twenty carbon atoms, typically between about one and about ten carbon atoms, more typically between about one and about six carbon atoms. When cyclic, an aliphatic group typically contains between about three and about ten carbon atoms, more typically between about three and about seven carbon atoms. A “substituted aliphatic group” is substituted at any one or more “substitutable carbon atom”. A “substitutable carbon atom” in an aliphatic group is a carbon in an aliphatic group that is bonded to one or more hydrogen atoms. One or more hydrogen atoms can be optionally replaced with a suitable substituent group. A “haloaliphatic group” is an aliphatic group, as defined above, substituted with one or more halogen atoms. Suitable substituents on a substitutable carbon atom of an aliphatic group are the same as those for an alkyl group.
The term “alkyl” used alone or as part of a larger moiety, such as “alkoxy”, “haloalkyl”, “arylalkyl”, “alkylamine”, “cycloalkyl”, “dialkyamine”, “alkylamino”, “dialkyamino” “alkylcarbonyl”, “alkoxycarbonyl” and the like, includes as used herein means saturated straight-chain, cyclic or branched aliphatic group. As used herein, a C1-C6 alkyl group is referred to “lower alkyl.” Similarly, the terms “lower alkoxy”, “lower haloalkyl”, “lower arylalkyl”, “lower alkylamine”, “lower cycloalkylalkyl”, “lower dialkyamine”, “lower alkylamino”, “lower dialkyamino” “lower alkylcarbonyl”, “lower alkoxycarbonyl” include straight and branched saturated chains containing one to six carbon atoms.
The term “alkoxy” means —O-alkyl; “hydroxyalkyl” means alkyl substituted with hydroxy; “aralkyl” means alkyl substituted with an aryl group; “alkoxyalkyl” mean alkyl substituted with an alkoxy group; “alkylamine” means amine substituted with an alkyl group; “cycloalkylalkyl” means alkyl substituted with cycloalkyl; “dialkylamine” means amine substituted with two alkyl groups; “alkylcarbonyl” means —C(O)—R*, wherein R* is alkyl; “alkoxycarbonyl” means —C(O)—OR*, wherein R* is alkyl; and where alkyl is as defined above.
The terms “amine” and “amino” are used interchangeably throughout herein and mean —NH2, —NHR or —NR2, wherein R is alkyl.
“Cycloalkyl” means a saturated carbocyclic ring, with from three to eight carbons.
The terms “haloalkyl” and “haloalkoxy” mean alkyl or alkoxy, as the case may be, substituted with one or more halogen atoms. The term “halogen” means F, C1, Br or I. Preferably the halogen in a haloalkyl or haloalkoxy is F.
The term “acyl group” means —C(O)R, wherein R is an optionally substituted alkyl group or aryl group (e.g., optionally substituted phenyl). R is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group or phenyl.
An “alkylene group” is represented by —[CH2]z—, wherein z is a positive integer, preferably from one to eight, more preferably from one to four.
As used herein, the term “alkenyl” refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon group that contains one or more double bonds between carbon atoms. Suitable alkenyl groups include, e.g., n-butenyl, cyclooctenyl and the like. An alkenyl group may be substituted.
The term “aryl group” used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “aralkyl”, “aralkoxy”, or “aryloxyalkyl”, includes carbocyclic aromatic rings and heteroaryl rings. The term “aromatic group” may be used interchangeably with the terms “aryl”, “aryl ring” “aromatic ring”, “aryl group” and “aromatic group”. An aromatic group typically has six-fourteen ring atoms. A “substituted aryl group” is substituted at any one or more substitutable ring atom.
Carbocyclic aromatic rings have only carbon ring atoms (typically six to fourteen) and include monocyclic aromatic rings such as phenyl and fused polycyclic aromatic ring systems in which two or more carbocyclic aromatic rings are fused to one another. Examples include 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-anthracyl.
The term “heteroaryl”, “heteroaromatic”, “heteroaryl ring”, “heteroaryl group” and “heteroaromatic group”, used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “heteroaralkyl” or “heteroarylalkoxy”, refers to aromatic ring groups having five to fourteen ring atoms selected from carbon and at least one (typically 1-4, more typically 1 or 2) heteroatom (e.g., oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur). They include monocyclic rings and polycyclic rings in which a monocyclic heteroaromatic ring is fused to one or more other carbocyclic aromatic or heteroaromatic rings. Examples of monocyclic heteroaryl groups include furanyl (e.g., 2-furanyl, 3-furanyl), imidazolyl (e.g., N-imidazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, 5-imidazolyl), isoxazolyl(e.g., 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl), oxadiazolyl (e.g., 2-oxadiazolyl, 5-oxadiazolyl), oxazolyl (e.g., 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl), pyrazolyl (e.g., 3-pyrazolyl, 4-pyrazolyl), pyrrolyl (e.g., 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl), pyridyl (e.g., 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl), pyrimidinyl (e.g., 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl), pyridazinyl (e.g., 3-pyridazinyl), thiazolyl (e.g., 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl), triazolyl (e.g., 2-triazolyl, 5-triazolyl), tetrazolyl (e.g., tetrazolyl) and thienyl (e.g., 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl. Examples of monocyclic six-membered nitrogen-containing heteraryl groups include pyrimidinyl, pyridinyl and pyridazinyl. Examples of polycyclic aromatic heteroaryl groups include carbazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, acridinyl, or benzisoxazolyl.
The term “non-aromatic heterocyclic group”, used alone or as part of a larger moiety as in “non-aromatic heterocyclylalkyl group”, refers to non-aromatic ring systems typically having five to twelve members, preferably five to seven, in which one or more ring carbons, preferably one or two, are each replaced by a heteroatom such as N, O, or S. A non-aromatic heterocyclic group can be monocyclic or fused bicyclic. A “nitrogen-containing non-aromatic heterocyclic group” is a non-aromatic heterocyclic group with at least one nitrogen ring atom.
Examples of non-aromatic heterocyclic groups include (tetrahydrofuranyl (e.g., 2-tetrahydropyranyl, 3-tetrahydropyranyl, 4-tetrahydropyranyl), [1,3]-dioxalanyl, [1,3]-dithiolanyl, [1,3]-dioxanyl, tetrahydrothienyl (e.g., 2-tetrahydrothienyl, 3-tetrahydrothieneyl), azetidinyl (e.g., N-azetidinyl, 1-azetidinyl, 2-azetidinyl), oxazolidinyl (e.g., N-oxazolidinyl, 2-oxazolidinyl, 4-oxazolidinyl, 5-oxazolidinyl), morpholinyl (e.g., N-morpholinyl, 2-morpholinyl, 3-morpholinyl), thiomorpholinyl (e.g., N-thiomorpholinyl, 2-thiomorpholinyl, 3-thiomorpholinyl), pyrrolidinyl (e.g., N-pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidinyl, 3-pyrrolidinyl) piperazinyl (e.g., N-piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl), piperidinyl (e.g., N-piperidinyl), 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl, 4-piperidinyl), thiazolidinyl (e.g., 4-thiazolidinyl), diazolonyl and N-substituted diazolonyl. The designation “N” on N-morpholinyl, N-thiomorpholinyl, N-pyrrolidinyl, N-piperazinyl, N-piperidinyl and the like indicates that the non-aromatic heterocyclic group is attached to the remainder of the molecule at the ring nitrogen atom.
A “substitutable ring atom” in an aromatic group is a ring carbon or nitrogen atom bonded to a hydrogen atom. The hydrogen can be optionally replaced with a suitable substituent group. Thus, the term “substitutable ring atom” does not include ring nitrogen or carbon atoms which are shared when two aromatic rings are fused. In addition, “substitutable ring atom” does not include ring carbon or nitrogen atoms when the structure depicts that they are already attached to a moiety other than hydrogen. An aryl group may contain one or more substitutable ring atoms, each bonded to a suitable substituent. Examples of suitable substituents on a substitutable ring carbon atom of an aryl group include halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, ArA, —ORA, —O(haloalkyl), —SRA, —NO2, —CN, —N(RB)2, —NRBC(O)RA, —NRBCO2RC, —N(RB)C(O)N(RB)2, —C(O)RA, —CO2RA, —S(O)2RA, —SO2N(RB)2, —S(O)RC, —NRBSO2N(RB)2, —NRBSO2RC, —VA—ArA, —VA—ORA, —V—O(haloalkyl), —VA—SRA, —VA—NO2, —VA—CN, —VA—N(RB)2, —VA—NRBC(O)RA, —VA—NRBCO2RC, —VA—N(RB)C(O)N(RB)2, —VA—C(O)RA, —VA—CO2RA, —VA—S(O)2RA, —VA—SO2N(RB)2, —VA—S(O)RC, —VA—NRBSO2N(RB)2, —VA—NRBSO2RC, —O—VA—ArA, —O—VB—N(RB)2, —S—VA—ArA, —S—VB—N(RB)2, —N(RB)—VB—ArA, —N(RB)—VB—N(RB)2, —NRBC(O)—VA—N(RB)2, —NRBC(O)—VA—ArA, —C(O)—VA—N(RB)2, —C(O)—VA—ArA, —CO2—VB—N(RB)2, —CO2—VA—ArA, —C(O)N(RB)—VB—N(RB)2, —C(O)N(RB)—VA—ArA, —S(O)2—VA—N(RB)2, —S(O)2—VA—ArA, —SO2N(RB)—VB—N(RB)2, —SO2N(RB)—VA—ArA, —S(O)—VA—N(RB)2, —S(O)—VA—ArA, —NRBSO2—VA—N(RB)2 or —NRBSO2—VA—ArA; or two adjacent substituents, taken together, form a methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy or —[CH2]4— group.
Each VA is independently a C1-C10 alkylene group.
Each VB is independently a C2-C10 alkylene group.
ArA is a monocyclic aromatic group each substituted with zero, one or two groups independently selected from halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy or haloalkyl.
Each RA is independently i) hydrogen; ii) an aromatic group substituted with zero, one or two groups represented by halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy or haloalkyl; or iii) an alkyl group optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl or haloalkoxy.
Each RB is independently RA, —CO2RA, —SO2RA or —C(O)RA; or —N(RB)2 taken together is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group.
Each RC is independently: i) an aromatic group substituted with zero, one or two groups represented by halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy or haloalkyl; or ii) an alkyl group optionally substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl or haloalkoxy.
An alkyl or a non-aromatic heterocyclic group (including, but not limited to, non-aromatic heterocyclic groups represented by —N(R31)2, —N(R41)2, —N(R51)2 and —N(RB)2) may contain one or more substituents. Examples of suitable substituents for an alkyl or a ring carbon of a non-aromatic heterocyclic group include those listed above for a substitutable carbon of an aryl and the following: ═O, ═S, ═NNHRC, ═NN(RC)2, ═NNHC(O)RC, ═NNHCO2 (alkyl), ═NNHSO2 (alkyl), ═NRC, spiro cycloalkyl group, fused cycloalkyl group or a monocyclic non-aromatic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group attached by a ring nitrogen atom (e.g., N-piperidinyl, N-pyrrolidinyl, N-azepanyl, N-morpholinyl, N-thiomorphinyl, N-piperazinyl or N-diazepanyl group). Each RC is independently selected from hydrogen, an unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted alkyl group. Examples of substituents on the alkyl group represented by RC include amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminocarbonyl, halogen, alkyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyloxy, dialkylaminocarbonyloxy, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, or haloalkyl. Preferred substituents for an alkyl or a ring carbon of a non-aromatic heterocyclic group include C1-C2 alkyl, —OH, N-pyrrolidinyl, N-piperidinyl, N-(4-alkyl)piperazinyl, N-morpholinyl or N-pyrrolyl.
Suitable substituents on the nitrogen of a non-aromatic heterocyclic group or heteroaryl group include —RD, —N(RD)2, —C(O)RD, —CO2RD, —C(O)C(O)RD, —C(O)CH2C(O)RD, —SO2RD, —SO2N(RD)2, —C(═S)N(RD)2, —C(═NH)—N(RD)2, and —NRD SO2RD; wherein RD is hydrogen, an alkyl group, a substituted alkyl group, phenyl (Ph), substituted Ph, —O(Ph), substituted —OPh), CH2(Ph), substituted CH2(Ph), or an unsubstituted heteroaryl or heterocyclic ring. Examples of substituents on the alkyl group or the phenyl ring represented by RD include amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, aminocarbonyl, halogen, alkyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyloxy, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, or haloalkyl. Preferred substituents on a substitutable nitrogen atom of a nitrogen-containing heteroaryl or nitrogen-containing non-aromatic heterocyclic group include C1-C2 alkyl, C1-C2 hydroxyalkyl, or benzyl optionally substituted with halogen, nitro, cyano, C1-C2 alkyl, C1-C2 haloalkyl, C1-C2 alkoxy or C1-C2 haloalkoxy.
In some specific embodiments, non-aromatic heterocyclic groups (including, but not limited to, non-aromatic heterocyclic groups represented by —N(R31)2, —N(R41)2, —N(R51)2 and —N(RB)2) each independently are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, ═O, ═S, ═N(C1-C6 alkyl), C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, (C1-C6 alkoxy)carbonyl, (C1-C6 alkyl)carbonyl, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, amino, (C1-C6 alkyl)amino and (C1-C6 dialkyl)amino. In some more specific embodiments, the non-aromatic heterocyclic groups each independently are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, (C1-C6 alkoxy)carbonyl, (C1-C6 alkyl)carbonyl, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, amino, (C1-C6 alkyl)amino and (C1-C6 dialkyl)amino.
Inhibitors of glucosylceramide synthase can be used to treat diabetes, such as type 2 diabetes (see WO 2006/053043, the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference). As such, the disclosed compounds, which are inhibitors of glucosylceramide synthase, can be used to treat diabetes, e.g., type 2 diabetes and renal hypertrophy or hyperplasia associated with diabetic nephropathy, by administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention to a subject in need of such treatment.
Inhibitors of glucosylceramide synthase, such as GM3 synthase, have been shown to be useful for treating lysosomal storage diseases (see, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,569,889; 6,255,336; 5,916,911; 5,302,609; 6,660,749; 6,610,703; 5,472,969; 5,525,616, the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference). As such, the disclosed compounds, which are inhibitors of glucosylceramide synthase, can be used to treat lysosomal storage diseases, such as Tay-Sachs, Gaucher's or Fabry's disease, by administration of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention to a subject in need of such treatment.
In an alternative embodiment of the present invention, the compounds of the present invention can be used for: treating disorders involving cell growth and division, including cancer, collagen vascular diseases, atherosclerosis, and the renal hypertrophy of diabetic patients (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,916,802 and 5,849,326, the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference); inhibiting the growth of arterial epithelial cells (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,916,802 and 5,849,326); treating patients suffering from infections (see Svensson, M. et al., “Epithelial Glucosphingolipid Expression as a Determinant of Bacterial Adherence and Cytokine Production,” Infect, and Immun., 62:4404-4410 (1994), the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference); preventing the host, i.e., patient, from generating antibodies against the tumor (see Inokuchi, J. et al., “Antitumor Activity in Mice of an Inhibitor of Glycosphingolipid Biosynthesis,” Cancer Lett., 38:23-30(1987), the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference); and treating tumors (see Hakomori, S. “New Directions in Cancer Therapy Based on Aberrant Expression of Glycosphingolipids: Anti-adhesion and Ortho-Signaling Therapy,” Cancer Cells 3:461-470 (1991), Inokuchi, J. et al., “Inhibition of Experimental Metastasis of Murine Lewis Long Carcinoma by an Inhibitor of Glucosylceramide Synthase and its Possible Mechanism of Action,” Cancer Res., 50:6731-6737 (1990) and Ziche, M. et al., “Angiogenesis Can Be Stimulated or Repressed in In Vivo by a Change in GM3:GD3 Ganglioside Ratio,” Lab. Invest., 67:711-715 (1992), the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference).
In an alternative embodiment, the compounds of the invention can be used for a vaccine-like preparation (see, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,569,889; 6,255,336; 5,916,911; 5,302,609; 6,660,749; 6,610,703; 5,472,969; 5,525,616). Here, cancer cells are removed from the patient (preferably as completely as possible), and the cells are grown in culture in order to obtain a large number of the cancer cells. The cells are then exposed to the inhibitor for a time sufficient to deplete the cells of their GSLs (generally 1 to 5 days) and are reinjected into the patient. These reinjected cells act like antigens and are destroyed by the patient's immunodefense system. The remaining cancer cells (which could not be physically removed) will also be attacked by the patient's immunodefense system. In a preferred embodiment, the patient's circulating gangliosides in the plasma are removed by-plasmapheresis, since the circulating gangliosides would tend to block the immunodefense system.
As used herein a subject is a mammal, preferably a human, but can also be an animal in need of veterinary treatment, such as a companion animal (e.g., dogs, cats, and the like), a farm animal (e.g., cows, sheep, pigs, horses, and the like) or a laboratory animal (e.g., rats, mice, guinea pigs, and the like). Subject and patient are used interchangeably. A subject “in need of treatment” includes a subject with chronic renal failure.
“Treatment” or “treating” refers to both therapeutic and prophylactic treatment.
An “effective amount” of a pharmaceutical composition disclosed above is a quantity that results in a beneficial clinical outcome of or exerts an influence on, the condition being treated with the pharmaceutical composition compared with the absence of treatment. The administering amount of a pharmaceutical composition disclosed above to the subject will depend on the degree, severity, and type of the disease or condition, the amount of therapy desired, and the release characteristics of the pharmaceutical composition. It will also depend on the subject's health, size, weight, age, sex, and tolerance to drugs. Typically, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are administered for a sufficient period of time to achieve the desired therapeutic effect. Dosages may range from 0.1 to 500 mg/kg body weight per day. In one embodiment, the dosing range is 1-20 mg/kg/day. The compound of the invention may be administered continuously or at specific timed intervals. For example, the compound of the invention may be administered 1, 2, 3, or 4 times per day, such as, e.g., a daily or twice-daily formulation. Commercially available assays may be employed to determine optimal dose ranges and/or schedules for administration. For example, assays for measuring blood glucose levels are commercially available (e.g., OneTouch® Ultra®, Lifescan, Inc. Milpitas, Calif.). Kits to measure human insulin levels are also commercially available (Linco Research, Inc. St. Charles, Mo.). Additionally, effective doses may be extrapolated from dose-response curves obtained from animal models (see, e.g., Comuzzie et al., Obes. Res. 11 (1):75 (2003); Rubino et al., Ann. Surg. 240(2):389 (2004); Gill-Randall et al., Diabet. Med. 21 (7):759 (2004), the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference). Therapeutically effective dosages achieved in one animal model can be converted for use in another animal, including humans, using conversion factors known in the art (see, e.g., Freireich et al., Cancer Chemother. Reports 50(4):219 (1996), the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference) and Table A below for equivalent surface area dosage factors.













From:













Mouse
Rat
Monkey
Dog
Human



(20 g)
(150 g)
(3.5 kg)
(8 kg)
(60 kg)
















To: Mouse
1
1⁄2
1⁄4
1⁄6
 1/12


To: Rat
2
1
1⁄2
1⁄4
 1/7


To: Monkey
4
2
1
3⁄5
1⁄3


To: Dog
6
4
3⁄5
1
1⁄2


To: Human
12
7
3
2
1









Typically, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be administered before or after a meal, or with a meal. As used herein, “before” or “after” a meal is typically within two hours, preferably within one hour, more preferably within thirty minutes, most preferably within ten minutes of commencing or finishing a meal, respectively.
In one embodiment, the method of the present invention is a mono-therapy where the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention are administered alone. Accordingly, in this embodiment, the compound of the invention is the only pharmaceutically active ingredient in the pharmaceutical compositions.
In another embodiment, the method of the invention is a co-therapy with other therapeutically active drugs known in the art for treating the desired diseases or indications, such as one or more known drugs for treating, diabetes, lysosomal diseases, tumors, etc.
In a particular embodiment, the method of the invention is a combination therapy for treating diabetes, such as Type 2 diabetes. The combination therapy comprise any of the compounds of the invention described herein and at least one other compound suitable for treating diabetes. Examples of drugs or compounds used to treat type 2 diabetes include: insulin (e.g., Novolin®, Novolog®, Velosulin®); sulfonylureas (e.g., Diabinese®, Glucotrol®, Glucotrol XL®, (Diabeta®, Amaryl®, Orinase®, Tolinase®, Micronase® and Glynase®); metformin; [alpha]-glucosidase inhibitors (e.g., Glyset®); thiazolidinediones (e.g., Actos® and Avandia®); nateglinide (Starlix®); repaglinide (Prandin®) and combination drugs such as Avandamet® (Avandia® and metformin).
The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention optionally include one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and/or diluents therefor, such as lactose, starch, cellulose and dextrose. Other excipients, such as flavoring agents; sweeteners; and preservatives, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl parabens, can also be included. More complete listings of suitable excipients can be found in the Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients (5th Ed., Pharmaceutical Press (2005)).
The carriers, diluents and/or excipients are “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the pharmaceutical composition and not deleterious to the recipient thereof. The pharmaceutical compositions can conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and can be prepared by any suitable method known to the skilled artisan. In general, the pharmaceutical compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the compounds disclosed herein with the carriers, diluents and/or excipients and then, if necessary, dividing the product into unit dosages thereof.
The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be formulated as a tablet, sachet, slurry, food formulation, troche, capsule, elixir, suspension, syrup, wafer, chewing gum or lozenge. A syrup formulation will generally consist of a suspension or solution of the compounds of the invention described herein or salt in a liquid carrier, for example, ethanol, glycerine or water, with a flavoring or coloring agent. Where the composition is in the form of a tablet, one or more pharmaceutical carriers routinely used for preparing solid formulations can be employed. Examples of such carriers include magnesium stearate, starch, lactose and sucrose. Where the composition is in the form of a capsule, the use of routine encapsulation is generally suitable, for example, using the aforementioned carriers in a hard gelatin capsule shell. Where the composition is in the form of a soft gelatin shell capsule, pharmaceutical carriers routinely used for preparing dispersions or suspensions can be considered, for example, aqueous gums, celluloses, silicates or oils, and are incorporated in a soft gelatin capsule shell.
Though the above description is directed toward routes of oral administration of pharmaceutical compositions consistent with embodiments of the invention, it is understood by those skilled in the art that other modes of administration using vehicles or carriers conventionally employed and which are inert with respect to the compounds of the invention may be utilized for preparing and administering the pharmaceutical compositions. For example, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be formulated for rectal administration as a suppository or retention enema, e.g., containing conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter or other glycerides. Also, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention can be formulated for injection, or for transdermal or transmucosal administration. Illustrative of various modes of administration methods, vehicles and carriers are those described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed. (1990), the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference.
The invention is illustrated by the following examples which are not intended to be limiting in any way.
EXEMPLIFICATION
Example 1: General Methods for the Preparation of Compounds of the Invention
A general method for the synthesis of final compounds is depicted in Scheme 1. A general method for the preparation of the compounds of the invention involves the reaction of the amine of type EVII with the appropriate reagent. The amine type EVII, such as (1R, 2R)-2-amino-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4[dioxin-6-yl)-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl) propan-1-ol, can be prepared according to the preparation of intermediate 4 of U.S. Pat. No. 6,855,830 (the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference), or by using the general synthetic procedures depicted in schemes 2-5. Final amide compounds, EIX can be prepared by reaction of the amine EVII with the corresponding acylating agent using standard reaction conditions for the formation of an amide. The urea compounds, EIIX can be prepared by reaction of the amine EVII with the corresponding isocyanate. The carbamates, EX can be prepared by reaction of the amine EVII with the corresponding chloroformate.




Example 1A
Synthesis of the Compounds of the Invention: General Methods for the Preparation of Amide Analogs
Method 1
A mixture of Compound EVII (1 mmol), such as (1R, 2R)-2-amino-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-1-ol, prepared according to the preparation of intermediate 4 of U.S. Pat. No. 6,855,830 (the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference) or using the methods depicted in schemes 2, 3, 4 and 5, an acid (1.2 mmol), DCC (dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1.2 mmol) and HOBT (1-hydroxy benzotriazole, 1.2 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (5 ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature and monitored by TLC (thin liquid chromatography) for completion. After completion the mixture was filtered and purified by column chromatography using, for example, a mixture of (CH2Cl2/MeOH/NH4OH).
Method 2
A mixture of Compound EVII (1 mmol), such as (1R, 2R)-2-amino-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-1-ol, prepared according to the preparation of intermediate 4 of U.S. Pat. No. 6,855,830 (the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference) or using the methods depicted in schemes 2, 3, 4 and 5, an acid and DCC (dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1.2 mmol) was dissolved in CHCl3 (5 ml). The mixture was placed in the microwave reactor (T=120° C., time=1 min) and it was then filtered and purified by column chromatography using, for example, a mixture of (CH2Cl2/MeOH/NH4OH).
Method 3
A mixture of Compound EVII (1 mmol), such as (1R, 2R)-2-amino-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-1-ol, prepared according to the preparation of intermediate 4 of U.S. Pat. No. 6,855,830 (the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference) or using the methods depicted in schemes 2, 3, 4 and 5, an acid chloride (1.2 mmol) and K2CO3 (2 mmol) was suspended in THF (5 ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature and monitored by TLC for completion. After completion, the mixture was filtered and purified by column chromatography using, for example, a mixture of (CH2Cl2/MeOH/NH4OH).
Method 4
Compound EVII, such as (1R, 2R)-2-amino-1-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propan-1-ol, prepared according to the preparation of intermediate 4 of U.S. Pat. No. 6,855,830 (the entire teachings of which are incorporated herein by reference) or using the methods depicted in schemes 2, 3, 4 and 5, was coupled with a variety of N-hydroxysuccinamide esters in methylene chloride under an atmosphere of nitrogen, for example, for 18 to 24 hours depending on the ester used.
Preparation of N-Hydroxysuccinamide Esters
Various mono- and di-keto acids were coupled with N-hydroxysuccinamide in the presence of N, N1-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide in ethyl acetate under an atmosphere of nitrogen for 18 hours. The products were filtered to remove the dicyclohexylurea. The identity of these esters was confirmed by 1H NMR and the crude material was then used in the preparation of amide analogs without further purification.
Example 1B. Alternative Synthetic Method for the Preparation of Intermediate EVII
Synthetic Route 1
An alternative general synthesis of Compound EVII is depicted in Scheme 2. Treatment of (R)-2-(benzyloxycarbonylamino)-3-hydroxypropanoic acid with EDCI and N,O-dimethylhydroxyamine gave the weinreb amide EI in excellent yield. The primary alcohol was protected as the TBDMS ether EII in excellent yield by reaction with TBDMSCl in DMF. Reaction of EII with a grignard at low temperature gave EIII in good to excellent yields. Steroselective reduction of EIII and with L-selectride at −70 C gave EIV in good to excellent yield and selectivity. Compound EV was obtained in good to excellent yields after deprotection with acetic acid. Reaction with mesylate chloride and a suitable amine produced EVI in good to excellent yield. Finally, deprotection to the primary amine EVII was done in the microwave oven using NaOH aqueous solution in methanol at 150° C. for one to three minutes depending on the specific compound.




Example 1B. Alternative Synthetic Method for the Preparation of Intermediate EVII
Synthetic Route 2:
An alternative general synthesis of Compound EVII is depicted in Scheme 3. Intermediate AI was obtained with excellent diastereoselectivity (96:4) by reduction of compound A with LiAlH4 followed by reaction with an aldehyde in the presence of CuI and Me2S. Mesylate intermediate AIII was obtained by reaction with Amberlyst 15 followed by reaction with MsCl in pyridine. The final compound EVII was obtained by reaction with pyrrolidine and removal of the CBz by hydrogenation.




Example 1B. Alternative Synthetic Method for the Preparation of Intermediate EVII
Synthetic Route 3
A general alternative route for synthesis of compound EVII is depicted in Scheme 4. Intermediate EIV was obtain as shown in Scheme 4 was cycled into oxazolidinone B using sodium hydride in a DMF/THF solution. Deprotection of the primary alcohol by reaction with nBu4NF, followed by formation of the tosylate by reaction with tosyl chloride in pyridine, finally, displacement of the tosylate by an appropriate amine afforded compound B1 in good to excellent yield. Hydrolysis of the oxazolidinone with LiOH in a water ethanol mixture gave compound EVII.




Example 1B. Alternative Synthetic Method for the Preparation of Intermediate EVII
Synthetic Route 4
An alternative general synthesis of Compound EVII is depicted in Scheme 5. An aldehyde (2 equiv) is condensed with the chiral morpholinone in toluene with removal of water to provide the fused cycloadduct 2. Treatment of 2 with hydrogen chloride in an alcohol solvent such as methanol provides amino acid 3. Removal of the N-benzyl functionality can be accomplished with hydrogen in the presence of a palladium catalyst to afford 4. Cyclization of 4 with triphosgene and base provides ester 5. The ester functionality can be reduced with sodium borohydride, and the resulting alcohol converted to an appropriate leaving group (i.e. tosylate or iodide). Reaction of 6 with a suitable amine in the presence of excess base (e.g. K2CO3) in a polar solvent (e.g. DMSO or CH3CN) affords 7. Final deprotection under basic conditions affords Compound EVII analogs suitable for conversion to the desired amide final products.




Example 1C. Preparation of Compound EVII Using Scheme 2
Preparation of EII: (R)-benzyl 3,8,8,9,9-pentamethyl-4-oxo-2,7-dioxa-3-aza-8-siladecan-5-ylcarbamate
Imidazole (1.8 g, 26.5 mmol) was added to a solution of (R)-benzyl 3-hydroxy-1-(methoxy(methyl)amino)-1-oxopropan-2-ylcarbamate (3 g, 10.6 mmol) in DMF (dimethyl formamide, 15 mL) followed by TBDMSiCl (tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride, 2.4 g, 15.95 mmol). The reaction stirred for 12 hrs at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere and was quenched with aqueous ammonium chloride (100 ml). The aqueous layer was extracted with methylene chloride (200 mL) and ethyl acetate (100 mL) and the organic layers were washed with brine and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using 10% EtOAc (ethylacetate)-hexanes to give an oil (3 g, 74% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=0 (s, 6H), 0.9 (s, 9H), 3.2 (s, 3H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 3.8-3.9 (m, 2H), 4.8 (broad s, 1H), 5.1 (q, 2H), 5.7 (d, 1H), 7.2-7.4 (m, 5H).
Preparation of EIII: (R)-benzyl 3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-ylcarbamate
(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)magnesium bromide (26 g, 78 mmol) dissolved in 40 mL of THF (tetrahydrofuran) under a nitrogen atmosphere was cooled down to −70° C. and (R)-benzyl 3,8,8,9,9-pentamethyl-4-oxo-2,7-dioxa-3-aza-8-siladecan-5-ylcarbamate (12.3 g, 31 mmol) dissolved in THF (13 ml) were added dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to −15° C. and left to react for 12 hrs followed by stirring at room temperature for 2 hrs. After cooling the reaction mixture to −40° C. it was quenched using aqueous ammonium chloride and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography using 25% EtOAc-hexanes to give pure product (13 g, 88% yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=0 (d, 6H), 0.9 (s, 9H), 4.0-4.2 (m, 2H), 4.4 (s, 2H), 4.5 (s, 2H), 5.2 (s, 2H), 5.4 (m, 1H), 6.1 (d, 1H), 7 (d, 1H), 7.4-7.7 (m, 7H).
Preparation of EIV: benzyl (1R, 2R)-3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate
(R)-benzyl 3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-ylcarbamate (3.1 g, 6.6 mmol) were dissolved in THF (25 ml) and cooled down to −70° C. under nitrogen atmosphere. L Selectride (13.2 ml of 1M solution in THF, 13 mmol) was added dropwise while keeping the temperature at −70° C. After 1 hour, the reaction was quenched with a 1M aqueous solution of potassium tartrate (13 ml) and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was evaporated down and the product was purified by column chromatography using 2.5% EtOAc-2% acetone-methylene chloride. The desired diastereomer was obtained in 80% yield (2.5 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=0 (d, 6H), 0.9 (s, 9H), 3.5 (broad s, 1H), 3.7-3.9 (m, 2H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.9 (broad s, 1H), 5.0 (d, 2H), 5.4 (d, 1H), 6.8 (s, 2H), 6.9 (s, 1H), 7.2-7.4 (m, 5H).
Preparation of EV: benzyl (1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1,3-dihydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate
Benzyl (1R,2R)-3-(tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[P][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate (0.5 g) was dissolved in a 4 ml mixture of Acetic acid/THF/water (3/1/1) and left to stir over night. The crude was evaporated down and the product azeotropically dried with EtOAc (10 ml). The crude product was purified by column chromatography using 50% EtOAc-hexane. The pure product was obtained in 74% yield (0.28 g). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=3.4-3.8 (m, 4H), 4.1 (broad s, 4H), 4.8 (s, 1H), 4.9 (broad s, 2H), 5.7 (broad s, 1H), 6.8 (s, 2H), 6.9 (s, 1H), 7.2-7.4 (m, 5H).
General Procedure for Preparation of EVI and EVII
Benzyl (1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1,3-dihydroxypropan-2-ylcarbamate was dissolved in excess pyridine, cooled to −15° C. and one equivalent of methanosulfonyl chloride was added to the mixture. Mixture was stirred about half an hour, and ten equivalents of the amine were added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to room temperature and then heated at 50° C. overnight. The crude was evaporated down and the product was purified by column chromatography using a mixture of methanol/methylene chloride/ammonium hydroxide. The pure compound EVI was then de-protected by hydrolysis in the microwave, using aqueous NaOH (40% in weight)/methanol solution as solvent and heating the mixture to 150° C. for about 15 minutes to give the free amines of the type EVI. The final product was purified by silica-gel column chromatography using a mixture of methanol/methylene chloride/ammonium hydroxide.
Examples of EVII Compounds
i) (1R, 2R)-2-amino-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-3-morpholinopropan-1-ol




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=2.3 (dd, 2H), 2.4 (dd, 2H), 2.5-2.6 (m, 2H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 3.6-3.7 (m, 4H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.4 (d, 1H), 6.5-6.9 (m, 3H); MS for C15H22N2O4 m/z 294.8 [M+H].
ii) (1R, 2R)-2-amino-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-3-(piperidin-1-yl)propan-1-ol




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.4 (broad s, 2H), 1.7 (m, 4H), 2.2-2.6 (m, 6H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.5 (s, 1H), 6.7-6.9 (m, 3H).
Example 1D. Preparation of Substituted Phenoxy Propionic Acids
Example 1D1: Preparation of 3-(4-methoxyphenoxy)propionic acid
i) 3-(4-methoxyphenoxy)propionitrile
A 740 g (5.96 mol, 1 eq.) sample of 4-methoxyphenol was charged to a 3 necked 5 L flask under nitrogen. Triton B (50 mL of a 30% wt. solution in methanol) was charged to the flask, and stirring initiated via an overhead stirrer. Acrylonitrile (2365 mL, 35.76 mol, 6 eq.) was then charged to the reaction flask in a single portion, and the reaction mixture heated at 78° C. for 36 h. HPLC analysis indicated that the reaction was complete at this point. Solvents were removed via rotary evaporation, and the resulting oil was chased with toluene to remove excess acrylonitrile. The crude material was recrystallized from TBME (tert-butyl methyl ether) 10 volumes relative to the crude weight), and dried in a vacuum oven to give 945 g of 3-(4-methoxyphenoxy)propionitrile as white crystals (Yield: 89.48%). 1H NMR (450 MHz, CDCl3): δ=2.72 (t, 2H; CH2CN); δ=3.83 (s, 3H; OCH3); δ=4.05 (t, 2H; OCH2); δ=6.70 (m, 4H; Ar—H); 13C NMR (112.5 MHz, CDCl3): d=18.843 (CH2CN); 55.902 (OCH3); 63.699 (OCH2); 114.947 (CH3OCCH); 116.183 (CH2OCCH); 117.716 (CN); 151.983 (CH3OC); 154.775 (CH2OC).
ii) 3-(4-methoxyphenoxy)propionic acid
A 945 g (5.34 mol, 1 eq.) sample of 1 (3-(4-methoxyphenoxy)propionitrile was charged to a 22 L round bottom flask equipped with an overhead stirrer under N2. To the stirred solids, 4 L of concentrated HCl was slowly added, followed by 2 L of H2O. The reaction mixture was heated to 100° C. for 3.5 h, at which point the reaction was complete by HPLC analysis. The reaction was cooled to 10° C. by the addition of ice to the reaction mixture, and was filtered. The dried solids gave 920 g of crude 3-(4-methoxyphenoxy)propionic acid. The crude material was dissolved in 5 L of 6 wt. % sodium carbonate (such that pH=9), and 2 L of DCM (dichloromethane) was added to the reaction vessel. After stirring thoroughly, the organic layer was separated and discarded via a separatory funnel, and the aqueous layer charged back into the 22 L flask. The pH of the aqueous layer was carefully adjusted to 4.0, by slow addition of 6 M HCl. The precipitated solids were filtered, and dried in a vacuum oven to give 900 g of 3-(4-methoxyphenoxy)propionic acid as a white solid (Yield: 86.04%). 1H NMR (450 MHz, CDCl3); δ=2.78 (t, 2H; CH2COOH); 3.70 (s, 3H; OCH3); 4.18 (t, 2H; OCH2); 6.78 (m, 4H; Ar—H); 13C NMR (112.5 MHz, CDCl3): δ=34.703 (CH2COOH); 55.925 (OCH3); 64.088 (OCH2); 114.855 (CH3OCCH); 115.984 (CH2OCCH); 152.723 (CH3OC); 154.302 (CH2OC); 177.386 (COOH).
Example 1D2: Preparation of 3-(4-(3-oxobutyl)phenoxy)propanoic acid




Step 1: a mixture of 4-(p-hydroxyphenol)-2-butanone (1.032 g), triton B (400 μL), acrylonitrile (4 mL) and MeOH (0.8 mL) was heated at 70° C. for 20 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and the solvent was removed to dryness. 3-(4-(3-oxobutyl)phenoxy)propanenitrile was obtained as a white solid (0.572 g) after purification by column chromatography using ethyl acetate/hexane.
Step 2: 3-(4-(3-oxobutyl)phenoxy)propanenitrile (0.478 g) was suspended in HCl (37%, 5 mL) and placed in the microwave reactor (T=110° C., 5 min). The mixture was poured onto iced water (20 g), filtered, and the solid was washed with water (2×5 mL). After column chromatography purification using a mixture of methylene chloride/methanol, 3-(4-(3-oxobutyl)phenoxy)propanoic acid was obtained as a white solid (0.3 g). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 2.2 (s, 3H), 2.7 (t, 2H), 2.85 (m, 4H), 4.25 (t, 2H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 7.1 (d, 2H).
Example 1D3: Preparation of 3-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)phenoxy)propanoic acid




Step 1: a mixture of 4-(2-methoxy ethyl) phenol (1.547 g, 10.3 mmol), propiolic acid tert-butyl ester (1.367 g, 10.8 mmol) and N-methyl morpholine (1.18 mL, 10.8 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (15 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The mixture was absorbed on SiO2 (20 g) and purified by column chromatography using a mixture of methylene chloride/hexane. The product was obtained as a two to one mixture of (E)/(Z)-tert-butyl 3-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)phenoxy)acrylate isomers (2.0 g).
Step 2: (E)/(Z)-tert-butyl 3-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)phenoxy)acrylate (0.57 g) was suspended in a mixture of THF (5 mL)/HCl (2 M, 5 mL) and placed in the microwave reactor (T=100° C., 15 sec). THF was removed by rotary evaporation and the mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 (10 mL). (E)/(Z)-3-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)phenoxy)acrylic acid was obtained as a white solid after purification by column chromatography using a mixture of hexane/ethyl acetate.
Step 3: (E)/(Z)-3-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)phenoxy)acrylic acid (0.3 g) was dissolved in EtOH (10 mL) and Pd/C (5%, degussa type E101, 40 mg) was added. The mixture was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 2 hours and then filtered and the solvent removed to dryness. After purification by column chromatography using a mixture of hexane/ethyl acetate, 3-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)phenoxy)propanoic acid was obtained as a white solid (0.236 g). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 2.85 (t, 4H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.55 (t, 2H), 4.25 (t, 2H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 7.1 (d, 2H).
Example 1D4: Preparation of 3-(4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy)propanoic acid
Step 1: 3-phenoxypropionic acid (5.0 g, 30 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (12 mL) and H2SO4 (18 M, 3 drops) was added. The mixture was place in the microwave reactor (T: 140° C., t: 5 min). The solvent was evaporated, the mixture was partitioned in EtOAc (30 mL) and NaOH (2N, 20 mL). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and evaporated to give methyl 3-phenoxypropanoate (5.0 g, 27.7 mmol, 92.5%).
Step 2: aluminum chloride (1.1 g, 8.34 mmol) was added to a cold solution (0° C.) solution of methyl 3-phenoxypropanoate (1.0 g, 5.56 mmol) and tert-butylacetyl chloride (1.25 mL, 8.34 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (9 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. The mixture was evaporated and the residue was diluted with EtOAc (30 mL) and then washed with water (2×20 mL). The organic phase was removed and purified with silica chromatography using of a gradient hexanes/EtOAc (100:0→0:100) to give methyl 3-phenoxypropanoate (600 mg, 2.27 mmol, 40%).
Step 3: a solution of methyl 3-phenoxypropanoate (200 mg, 0.76 mmol) in 2 mL of HCl (37%) was placed in a microwave reactor (T: 120° C., t: 5 min). The mixture was poured into iced water (2 g) and washed with EtOH (3×10 mL). The organic phase was combined and evaporated. The crude product was purified with silica gel chromatography using of a gradient hexanes/EtOAc (100:0→0:100) to give 3-(4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy)propanoic acid (120 mg, 0.48 mmol, 63%).
Example 2: Preparation of Compounds of the Invention
The exemplary compounds shown in Example 2 and Tables 1-3 can be prepared by following scheme 1 described above, Detailed synthetic description of certain compounds also are described below as examples.
Example 2E1. Preparation of Hemi-Hydrate of Compound 163 N-[2-Hydroxy-2-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-ethyl]-3-(4-methoxy-phenoxy)-propionamide




Compound 163 was prepared by following Scheme 1A above. 3-(4-methoxyphenoxy)propanoic acid (see Example 1D1, 34.47 g, 169 mmol, 96% purity by HPLC), DCC (34.78 g, 169 mmol) and N-hydroxysuccinimide (19.33, 169 mmol) were combined as dry powders and methylene chloride (500 mL) was added. The suspension was mechanically stirred overnight, ambient temperature, under a nitrogen atmosphere. HPLC analysis showed complete conversion of the acid to the NHS ester (N-hydroxy succinyl ester). To the mixture was added (1R, 2R)-2-amino-1-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propan-1-ol (50 g, 169 mmol) and stirring continued for 2.5 hours. HPLC showed conversion to the product and loss of both the NHS ester and step 5 amine. The reaction mixture was vacuum filtered on a Büchner funnel to remove DCC urea. The solid urea was washed with 500 mL of methylene chloride. The organic layers were combined, placed in a separatory funnel, and treated with 500 mL of 1.0M NaOH. The layers were separated, and the cloudy organic layer was recharged into a separatory funnel and treated with a 6% HCl solution (adjusted to pH=0.03-0.34, 100 mL of solution). Two clear layers formed. The resultant biphasic solution was poured into an Erlenmeyer flask and cautiously neutralized to a pH of 7.2-7.4 with a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (approx 200 mL of solution). The organic layer was separated from the aqueous layer, dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to yield 83.6 g of yellow oil (theoretical yield: 77.03 g). The oil was dissolved in isopropyl alcohol (500 mL) with heating and transferred to a 1 L round bottom flask equipped with a mechanical stirrer and heating mantel. The solution was heated to 50° C. and the mechanical stirrer was set to a rate of 53-64 rpm. Tartaric acid (25.33 g, 168 mmol) was dissolved in deionized water (50 mL) and added to the stirred solution at 50° C. Once the solution turned from milky white to clear, seed crystals were added to the mixture and crystallization immediately began (temperature jumped to 56° C.). After 20 minutes, the mixture was set to cool to a temperature of 35° C. (cooling took 1.15 hours). Heating was removed and the solution was allowed to stir for 12 hours. The resulting thick slurry was filtered on a Büchner funnel. Any remaining solid in the flask was washed onto the funnel using ice-cold isopropyl alcohol (100 mL). The material was transferred to a drying tray and heated to 48° C. under vacuum for 3 days (after two days the material weighed 76 g and after three days it weighed 69.3 g). The solid was analyzed by LC and shown to be 98.1% pure (AUC), the residual solvent analysis showed the material to possess 3472 ppm of isopropyl alcohol, and the DSC (differential scanning calorimetery) showed a melting point of 134.89° C. A total of 69.3 g of white solid was collected (65.7% overall yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.8 (M, 4H), 2.4-2.6 (m, 4H), 2.6 (m, 1H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.8 (m, 2H), 3.86 (2, 2H), 4.18 (br s, 5H), 4.6 (s, 1H), 6.6-6.8 (m, 7H), 7.8 (d, 1H); MS for C29H40N2O13 m/z 457.3 [M+H] for main peak (free-base).
Example 2E2. Preparation of Compound 247: N-((1R, 2R)-1-hydroxy-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(p-tolyloxy)propanamide
Compound 247 was prepared by reaction of (1R, 2R)-2-amino-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-1-ol as the amine, prepared according to scheme 3 with 3-(4-methylphenoxy)propionic acid using method 1.
Preparation of A: (R)-benzyl 4-formyl-2,2-dimethyloxazolidine-3-carboxylate




N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (45 g, 0.46 mmol, 1.5 eq) and N-methyl morpholine (84 mL, 0.765 mol, 2.5 eq.) were added slowly to a cold (−15° C.) suspension of d-CBz serine (73.0 g, 0.305 mol) in CH2Cl2 (560 mL) keeping the temperature below −5° C. The mixture was cooled back to  ̃−15° C. and EDCI (62 g, 0.323 mol, 1.05 eq) was added. The mixture was stirred for 5 hours keeping the temperature below 5° C. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the mixture was partitioned between HCl (1 M, 300 mL) and EtOAc (500 mL). The organic layer was separated and washed with HCl (1 M, 2×100 mL) and then sat. NaHCO3 (2×150 mL). The mixture was dried over MgSO4, filtered and then the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation. (R)-benzyl 3-hydroxy-1-(methoxy(methyl)amino)-1-oxopropan-2-ylcarbamate was re-dissolved in a mixture of acetone (375 mL) and 2,2-dimethoxy propane (375 mL) and boron trifluoride ethereate (3 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours and then triethyl amine (3 mL) was added. The solvent was removed to dryness and (R)-benzyl 4-(methoxy(methyl)carbamoyl)-2,2-dimethyloxazolidine-3-carboxylate was obtained as a white solid (73.0 g, 74% yield from both steps) after purification by column chromatography using a mixture of hexane/EtOAc/acetone.
1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.5 (s, 2H), 1.6 (s, 3H), 1.7 (s, 2H), 1.75 (s, 3H), 3.14 (s, 3H), 3.24 (2H), 3.4 (3H), 3.76 (s, 2H), 4.0 (m, 1.7H), 4.16 (m, 1H), 4.2 (m, 1.7), 4.78 (m, 1H), 4.88 (m, 0.6H), 5.06 (q, 2H), 5.18 (q, 1H), 7.4 (m, 8H).
Preparation of AI: (R)-benzyl 4-((R)-hydroxy(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl)-2,2-dimethyloxazolidine-3-carboxylate




A solution of LiALH4 (1 M, 20 mL, 20 mmol) was added dropwise to a cold (−15° C.) solution of (R)-benzyl 4-(methoxy(methyl)carbamoyl)-2,2-dimethyloxazolidine-3-carboxylate (12.2 g, 37.9 mmol) in THF (75 mL). The mixture was stirred for 30 min keeping the temperature below 0° C. A saturated solution of KHSO4 (100 mL) was added slowly to the mixture and it was warmed to room temperature. The mixture was filtered and the solvent was removed to dryness. (R)-benzyl 4-formyl-2,2-dimethyloxazolidine-3-carboxylate was obtained as a clear oil (9.161 g, 92% yield) after purification by column chromatography (SiO2, using a mixture of hexane/EtOAc). 1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.7 (m, 6H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 4.4 (m, 1H), 5.15, (s, 1H), 5.2 (m, 1H), 7.3 (m, 5H), 9.6 (m, 1H).
1,2-dibromoethane (0.2 mL) was added slowly to a hot (65° C.) solution of magnesium turnings (0.91 g, 37 mmol) in THF (14 mL), followed by the dropwise addition of a solution of 4-bromo anisole (4 mL, 32 mmol) in THF (14 mL). The mixture was refluxed for 2 hours and then cooled to room temperature. The grignard solution was added dropwise to a suspension of CuI (6.8 g, 36 mmol) in a mixture of Me2S (20 mL)/THF (100 mL) at −78° C. The mixture was warmed slowly to −45° C. and stirred for 30 min keeping the temperature between −45 to −35° C. The mixture was cooled back to −78° C., and a solution of the Garner's aldehyde [(R)-benzyl 4-formyl-2,2-dimethyloxazolidine-3-carboxylate] (3.20 g, 12.6 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at low temperature overnight (15 h, T max=10° C.). The reaction mixture was quenched with NH4Cl (sat. 100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL). The solvent was removed to dryness and the mixture was purified by column chromatography (SiO2, using a mixture of hexane/EtOAc/acetone) and the product was obtained as a colorless oil (1.697 g, 36% yield).
Preparation of AII: benzyl (1R, 2R)-1,3-dihydroxy-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-2-ylcarbamate




A mixture of benzyl 4-(hydroxy-(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl)-2,2-dimethyloxazolidine-3-carboxylate (1.679 g, 4.5 mmol) and amberlyst 15 (1.85 g) in MeOH (20 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 days. The mixture was centrifuged and the solid was washed with MeOH (2×40 mL). The solvent was removed to dryness and after purification by column chromatography (SiO2 using a mixture of CH2Cl2/EtOAc) the product was obtained as a white solid (1.26 g, 84% yield).
Preparation of AIV: Synthesis of Compound 289: benzyl (1R, 2R)-1-hydroxy-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-ylcarbamate




Mesityl chloride (0.28 mL, 3.6 mmol) was added slowly to a cold (−10° C.) solution of benzyl (1R, 2R)-1,3-dihydroxy-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)propan-2-ylcarbamate (1.07 g, 3.23 mmol) in pyridine (1.5 mL). The mixture was stirred for 30 min and then pyrrolidine (2.7 mL, 33 mmol) was added slowly to the mixture. The mixture was heated to 45° C. for 6 hours and then the solvent was removed to dryness. After purification by column chromatography (SiO2, using a mixture of CH2Cl2, MeOH, NH4OH), the product was obtained as a clear oil (0.816 g, 66% yield).
Preparation of EVII: (1R, 2R)-2-amino-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-1-ol as the amine was prepared by the procedures described below




A mixture of benzyl (1R, 2R)-1-hydroxy-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-ylcarbamate (0.10 g, 0.26 mmol) and Pd/C (5%, 21 mg) in EtOH (1 mL)/HCl (1 M, 50 L) was degassed and hydrogen gas was added. The mixture was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for two hours. The mixture was filtered over celite and the solvent was removed to dryness. The product was obtained as a colorless oil (63.5 mg, 85% yield).




Preparation of Compound 247: N-((1R, 2R)-1-hydroxy-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(p-tolyloxy)propanamide
1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.75 (br, 4H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 2.65 (br, 6H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.1 (m, 2H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 5.05 (sd, 1H), 6.5 (br, 1H), 6.8 (m, 4H), 7.1 (d, 2H), 7.2 (d, 2H). M/Z for C24H32N2O4 [M−H]−=413.
Example 2E3. Preparation of Compound 251: N-((1R, 2R)-1-hydroxy-1-(4-methoxyphenyl)-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-2-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)acetamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.75 (br, 4H), 2.55 (br, 4H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 3.5 (s, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.2 (m, 1H), 5.05 (sd, 1H), 5.8 (d, 1H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 7.1 (d, 2H), 7.2 (d, 2H), 7.55 (d, 2H). M/Z for C23H27F3N2O3 [M−H]−=437.
Example 2E4. Preparation of Compound 5: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)benzo[b]thiophene-2-carboxamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.8 (br, 4H), 2.7 (br, 4H), 3.0 (m, 2H), 4.25 (s, 4H), 4.45 (m, 1H), 5.05 (sd, 1H), 6.6 (br, 1H), 6.85 (s, 2H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.7 (s, 1H), 7.85 (m, 2H). M/Z for C24H26N2O4S [M−H]−=439.
Example 2E5. Preparation of Compound 11: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-2-(phenylthio)acetamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.7 (br, 4H), 2.5 (br, 4H), 2.8 (br, 2H), 3.6 (q, 2H), 4.1.5 (m, 1H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 5.9 (sd, 1H), 6.7 (m, 2H), 6.8 (s, 1H), 7.2 (m, 7H). M/Z for C23H28N2O4S [M−H]−=429.
Example 2E6. Preparation of Compound 12: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)biphenyl-4-carboxamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.8 (br, 4H), 2.7 (br, 4H), 3.0 (m, 2H), 4.25 (s, 4H), 4.4 (br, 1H), 5.05 (sd, 1H), 6.6 (sd, 1H), 6.85 (m, 2H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 7.45 (m, 3H), 7.6 (m, 4H), 7.75 (m, 2H). M/Z for C28H30N2O4 [M−H]−=459.
Example 2E7. Preparation of Compound 19: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl-yl)propan-2-yl)benzo[b]thiophene-5-carboxamide




1H NMR (d6-dmso, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.6 (br, 4H), 2.4 (br, 5H), 2.65 (m, 1H), 4.15 (s, 4H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.75 (sd, 1H), 5.6 (br, 1H), 6.7 (m, 3H), 7.5 (sd, 1H), 7.7 (sd, 1H), 7.8 (sd, 1H), 7.85 (sd, 1H), 8.0 (sd, 1H), 8.2 (s, 1H). M/Z for C24H26N2O4S [M−H]−=439.
Example 2E8. Preparation of Compound 23: 2-(biphenyl-4-yl)-N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)acetamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.7 (br, 4H), 2.5 (br, 4H), 2.8 (d, 2H), 3.55 (s, 2H), 4.2 (m, 5H), 4.85 (sd, 1H), 5.95 (br, 1H), 6.6 (m, 1H), 6.75 (m, 2H), 7.2 (sd, 2H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.5 (st, 2H), 7.6 (m, 4H). M/Z for C29H32N2O4 [M−H]−=473.
Example 2E9. Preparation of Compound 24: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)acetamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.8 (br, 4H), 2.6 (br, 4H), 2.8 (sd, 2H), 3.45 (s, 2H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 4.25 (s, 4H), 4.85 (sd, 1H), 5.9 (br, 1H), 6.6 (m, 1H), 6.7 (s, 1H), 6.8 (m, 1H), 7.15 (m, 7H), 7.4 (m, 2H). M/Z for C29H32N2O5 [M−H]−=489.
Example 2E10. Preparation of Compound 25: (S)—N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-2-hydroxy-3-phenylpropanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.8 (br, 4H), 2.65 (br, 7H), 3.1 (dd, 2H), 4.2 (m, 6H), 4.8 (sd, 1H), 6.6 (m, 1H), 6.8 (m, 3H), 7.3 (m, 5H). M/Z for C24H30N2O5 [M−H]−=427.
Example 2E11. Preparation of Compound 27: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-phenoxypropanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.8 (br, 4H), 2.7 (br, 6H), 2.9 (m, 2H), 4.2 (m, 7H), 4.95 (sd, 1H), 6.45 (m, 1H), 6.75 (s, 1H), 6.85 (m, 3H), 6.95 (t, 1H), 7.2 (m, 3H). M/Z for C24H30N2O5 [M−H]−=427.
Example 2E12. Preparation of Compound 31: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-2-oxo-2-phenylacetamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.8 (br, 4H), 2.8 (br, 4H), 3.0 (m, 2H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.3 (m, 1H), 5.05 (sd, 1H), 6.8 (s, 2H), 6.9 (s, 1H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.45 (t, 2H), 7.6 (t, 1H) 8.2 (d, 2H). M/Z for C23H26N2O5 [M−H]−=411.
Example 2E13. Preparation of Compound 32: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(phenylthio)propanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.8 (br, 4H), 2.4 (t, 2H), 2.7 (br, 4H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 3.1 (m, 2H), 4.2 (m, 5H), 4.9 (sd, 1H), 5.95 (br, 1H), 6.8 (m, 3H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.3 (m, 3H). M/Z for C24H30N2O4S [M−H]−=443.
Example 2E14. Preparation of Compound 35: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-2-o-tolylacetamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.7 (br, 4H), 2.1 (s, 3H), 2.5 (br, 4H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 3.5 (s, 2H), 4.1 (m, 1H), 4.25 (s, 4H), 4.8 (sd, 1H), 5.75 (br, 1H), 6.5 (d, 1H), 6.65 (s, 1H), 6.75 (d, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.2 (m, 3H). M/Z for C24H30N2O4 [M−H]−=411.
Example 2E15. Preparation of Compound 36: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-2-m-tolylacetamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.7 (br, 4H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.5 (br, 4H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 3.45 (s, 2H), 4.1 (m, 1H), 4.25 (s, 4H), 4.85 (sd, 1H), 5.8 (br, 1H), 6.55 (d, 1H), 6.75 (m, 2H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 7.1 (sd, 1H), 7.2 (m, 1H). M/Z for C24H30N2O4 [M−H]−=411.
Example 2E16. Preparation of Compound 39: 2-(benzylthio)-N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)acetamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.8 (br, 4H), 2.7 (br, 4H), 2.9 (m, 2H), 3.0 (m, 2H), 3.3 (d, 1H), 3.55 (d, 1H), 4.2 (m, 5H), 5.05 (sd, 1H), 6.85 (s, 2H), 6.9 (s, 1H), 7.1 (sd, 2H), 7.3 (m, 3H). M/Z for C24H30N2O4S [M−H]−=443.
Example 2E17. Preparation of Compound 47: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-2-(4-(pyridin-3-yl)phenyl)acetamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.7 (br, 4H), 2.6 (br, 4H), 2.8 (sd, 2H), 3.55 (s, 2H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.85 (sd, 1H), 5.85 (br, 1H), 6.6 (d, 1H), 6.75 (m, 2H), 7.25 (d, 3H), 7.4 (m, 1H), 7.6 (sd, 2H), 7.9 (sd, 1H), 8.6 (sd, 1H), 8.85 (s, 1H). M/Z for C28H31N3O4 [M−H]−=474.
Example 2E18. Preparation of Compound 48: 2-(4′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)acetamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.75 (br, 4H), 2.55 (br, 4H), 2.8 (sd, 2H), 3.55 (s, 2H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.85 (sd, 1H), 5.8 (br, 1H), 6.6 (d, 1H), 6.75 (m, 2H), 7.2 (d, 2H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.55 (sd, 4H). M/Z for C29H31ClN2O4 [M−H]−=508.
Example 2E19. Preparation of Compound 51: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-2-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)acetamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.7 (br, 4H), 2.55 (br, 4H), 2.8 (sd, 2H), 3.55 (s, 2H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 4.25 (s, 4H), 4.85 (sd, 1H), 5.8 (br, 1H), 6.6 (d, 1H), 6.75 (m, 2H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.55 (sd, 1H). M/Z for C24H27F3N2O4 [M−H]−=465.
Example 2E20. Preparation of Compound 53: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-2-(3-fluorophenyl)acetamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.7 (br, 4H), 2.55 (br, 4H), 2.8 (sd, 2H), 3.50 (s, 2H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 4.25 (s, 4H), 4.85 (sd, 1H), 5.8 (br, 1H), 6.6 (d, 1H), 6.75 (m, 1H), 6.8 (d, 1H), 6.85 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 7.0 (t, 1H), 7.3 (sq, 1H). M/Z for C23H27FN2O4 [M−H]−=415.
Example 2E21. Preparation of Compound 54: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(3-methoxyphenoxy)propanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.7 (br, 4H), 2.65 (br, 6H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.2 (m, 7H), 4.95 (sd, 1H), 6.45 (m, 4H), 6.75 (s, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 7.2 (t, 1H). M/Z for C25H32N2O6 [M−H]−=457.
Example 2E22. Preparation of Compound 55: 3-(2,5-dichlorophenoxy)-N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)propanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.8 (br, 4H), 2.65 (br, 6H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 4.1 (m, 1H), 4.25 (m, 6H), 4.95 (sd, 1H), 6.3 (br, 1H), 6.75 (s, 2H), 6.8 (s, 1H), 6.9 (m, 2H), 7.25 (m, 1H). M/Z for C24H28Cl2N2O5 [M−H]−=496.
Example 2E23. Preparation of Compound 57: 3-(4-chlorophenoxy)-N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)propanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.75 (br, 4H), 2.65 (br, 6H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 4.2 (m, 7H), 4.95 (sd, 1H), 6.3 (br, 1H), 6.8 (m, 5H), 7.2 (m, 2H). M/Z for C24H29ClN2O5 [M−H]−=461.
Example 2E24. Preparation of Compound 58: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-fluorophenoxy)propanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.75 (br, 4H), 2.65 (br, 6H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 4.2 (m, 7H), 4.95 (sd, 1H), 6.4 (br, 1H), 6.8 (m, 5H), 7.0 (m, 2H). M/Z for C24H29FN2O5 [M−H]−=445.
Example 2E25. Preparation of Compound 59: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(p-tolyloxy)propanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.75 (br, 4H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 2.65 (br, 6H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 4.2 (m, 7H), 4.95 (sd, 1H), 6.45 (br, 1H), 6.75 (m, 4H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 7.1 (m, 2H). M/Z for C25H32N2O5 [M−H]−=441.
Example 2E26. Preparation of Compound 60: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(2-fluorophenoxy)propanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.75 (br, 4H), 2.65 (br, 6H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 4.2 (m, 7H), 4.95 (sd, 1H), 6.35 (br, 1H), 6.7 (s, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.95 (m, 2H), 7.05 (m, 2H). M/Z for C24H29FN2O5 [M−H]−=445.
Example 2E27. Preparation of Compound 61: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-methoxyphenoxy)propanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.75 (br, 4H), 2.65 (br, 6H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.1 (m, 2H), 4.2 (br, 5H), 4.95 (sd, 1H), 6.45 (br, 1H), 6.8 (m, 7H). M/Z for C25H32N2O6 [M−H]−=457.
Example 2E28. Preparation of Compound 188: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-ethylphenoxy)propanamide (2R, 3R)-2,3-dihydroxysuccinate




1H NMR (D2O, 400 mHz, ppm); 0.93 (t, 3H), 1.75 (br, 2H), 1.86 (br, 2H), 2.35 (q, 2H), 2.4 (br, 2H), 2.9 (br, 2H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 3.4 (br, 2H), 3.9 (br, 6H), 4.3 (br, 3H), 4.6 (br, 1H), 6.6 (m, 5H), 7.0 (d, 2H). M/Z for C26H34N2O5.C4H6O6 [M−H]−=454.
Example 2E29. Preparation of Compound 189: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-propionylphenoxy)propanamide (2R, 3R)-2,3-dihydroxysuccinate




1H NMR (D2O, 400 mHz, ppm); 0.93 (t, 3H), 1.75 (br, 2H), 1.86 (br, 2H), 2.45 (br, 2H), 2.8 (q, 2H), 2.9 (br, 2H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 3.4 (br, 2H), 3.9 (br, 6H), 4.3 (br, 3H), 4.6 (br, 1H), 6.5 (d, 1H), 6.5 (d, 2H), 6.7 (d, 2H), 7.7 (d, 2H). M/Z for C27H34N2O6.C4H6O6 [M−H]−=483.
Example 2E30. Preparation of Compound 193: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-(3-oxobutyl)phenoxy)propanamide (2R, 3R)-2,3-dihydroxysuccinate




1H NMR (D2O, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.75 (br, 2H), 1.86 (br, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 2.45 (br, 2H), 2.6 (m, 4H), 2.9 (br, 2H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 3.4 (br, 2H), 3.9 (br, 6H), 4.3 (br, 3H), 4.6 (br, 1H), 6.6 (m, 5H), 7.0 (d, 2H). M/Z for C28H36N2O6.C4H6O6 [M−H]−=497.
Example 2E31. Preparation of Compound 202: N-((1R, R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-(2-methoxyethyl)phenoxy)propanamide (2R, R)-2,3-dihydroxysuccinate




1H NMR (D2O, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.75 (br, 2H), 1.86 (br, 2H), 2.45 (br, 2H), 2.62 (t, 2H), 2.9 (br, 2H), 3.1 (s, 3H), 3.25 (m, 2H), 3.4 (br, 4H), 3.9 (br, 6H), 4.3 (br, 3H), 4.6 (br, 1H), 6.6 (m, 5H), 7.0 (d, 2H). M/Z for C27H36N2O6.C4H6O6 [M−H]−=485.
Example 2E32. Preparation of Compound 63: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-2-(3′-methoxybiphenyl-4-yl)acetamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.7 (br, 4H), 2.5 (br, 4H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 3.5 (br, 2H), 3.9 (sd, 3H), 4.2 (m, 5H), 4.95 (sd, 1H), 5.9 (br, 1H), 6.5-7.6 (m, 11H). M/Z for C30H34N2O5 [M−H]−=503.
Example 2E33. Preparation of Compound 127: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-4-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-4-oxobutanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.4 (t, 3H), 1.8 (br, 4H), 2.7 (br, 6H), 3.2 (m, 2H), 4.05 (q, 2H), 4.2 (m, 2H), 4.25 (m, 5H), 4.95 (sd, 1H), 6.05 (br, 1H), 6.9 (m, 5H), 7.95 (d, 2H). M/Z for C27H34N2O6 [M−H]−=483.
Example 2E34. Preparation of Compound 154: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-4-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4-oxobutanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.8 (br, 4H), 2.7 (br, 6H), 3.2 (m, 1H), 3.45 (s, 3H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.2 (m, 5H), 4.95 (sd, 1H), 6.05 (br, 1H), 6.9 (m, 5H), 7.95 (d, 2H). M/Z for C26H32N2O6 [M−H]−=469.
Example 2E35. Preparation of Compound 181: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-6-(4-isopropoxyphenyl)-6-oxohexanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.4 (d, 6H), 1.8 (br, 8H), 2.15 (br, 2H), 2.8 (br, 10H), 4.25 (m, 5H), 4.65 (m, 1H), 4.95 (sd, 1H), 6.05 (br, 1H), 6.9 (m, 5H), 7.95 (d, 2H). M/Z for C30H40N2O6 [M−H]−=525.
Example 2E36. Preparation of Compound 191: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-5-oxopentanamide (2R, 3R)-2,3-dihydroxysuccinate




1H NMR (D2O, 400 mHz, ppm); 1.40 (br, 1H), 1.53 (br, 1H), 1.75 (br, 2H), 1.91 (br, 2H), 1.98 (m, 1H), 2.15 (m, 1H) 2.45 (m, 2H), 2.95 (m, 2H), 3.35 (dd, 2H), 3.4 (m, 2H), 3.68 (br, 5H), 3.77 (br, 2H), 4.3 (br, 3H), 4.68 (br, 1H), 6.47 (d, 1H), 6.65 (d, 2H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 7.63 (d, 2H). M/Z for C27H34N2O6.C4H6O6 [M−H]=483.
Example 2E37. Preparation of Compound 265: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(benzo[8][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-5-(4-isopropoxyphenyl)-5-oxopentanamide (2S, 3S)-2,3-dihydroxysuccinate




1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 1.30 (sd, 6H), 1.70-1.85 (m, 2H), 2.04 (br, 4H), 2.09-2.26 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.82 (m, 2H), 3.31-3.48 (m, 5H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.43 (br, 1H), 4.68 (m, 1H), 4.71 (sd, 1H), 5.76 (s, 2H), 6.66 (d, 1H), 6.82-6.95 (m, 4H), 7.84 (d, 2H); MS for C28H36N2O6.C4H6O6: [M−H]− 645.
Example 2E38. Preparation of Compound 267: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(benzo[8][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-6-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-oxohexanamide (2S, 3S)-2,3-dihydroxysuccinate




1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 1.49 (br, 4H), 2.03 (br, 4H), 2.89 (t, 2H), 3.33-3.46 (m, 6H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.43 (d, 1H), 4.76 (br, 1H), 5.81 (s, 2H), 6.68 (d, 1H), 6.81 (d, 1H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 6.96 (d, 2H), 7.92 (d, 2H); MS for C27H34N2O6.C4H6O6: [M−H]− 633.
Example 2E39. Preparation of Compound 268: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(benzo[β][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-7-(4-isopropoxyphenyl)-7-oxoheptanamide (2S,3S)-2,3-dihydroxysuccinate




1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 1.15-1.18 (m, 2H), 1.30 (d, 6H), 1.40-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.65 (m, 2H), 2.03 (br, 4H), 2.12-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.88 (t, 2H), 3.33-3.48 (m, 5H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 4.42 (d, 1H), 4.67 (m, 1H), 4.78 (d, 1H), 5.83 (d, 2H), 6.71 (d, 1H), 6.82 (d, 1H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 7.90 (d, 2H); MS for C30H40N2O6.C4H6O6: [M−H]− 675.
Example 2E40. Preparation of Compound 197: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-4-(4-methoxyphenoxy)butanamide (2S, 3S)-2,3-dihydroxysuccinate




1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 1.78-1.91 (m, 2H), 2.00 (br, 4H), 2.32 (t, 2H), 3.33-3.47 (m, 6H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.72 (t, 2H), 4.11 (br, 4H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.41 (d, 1H), 4.72 (d, 1H), 6.69-6.86 (m, 7H); MS for C26H34N2O6.C4H6O6: [M−H]− 621.
Example 2E41. Preparation of Compound 187: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy)propanamide (2S, 3S)-2,3-dihydroxysuccinate




1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 0.95 (d, 6H), 2.00 (br, 4H), 2.17 (m, 2H), 2.66 (t, 2H), 2.78 (d, 2H), 3.34-3.44 (m, 5H), 4.12-4.17 (m, 6H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 4.45 (d, 1H), 4.73 (sd, 1H), 6.67 (d, 1H), 6.79 (d, 1H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 6.93 (d, 2H), 7.91 (d, 2H); MS for C29H38N2O6.C4H6O6: [M−H]− 661.
Example 2E42. Preparation of Compound 83: 2-(4-chlorophenoxy)-N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)acetamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.76 (br, 4H), 2.63 (br, 4H), 2.78 (dd, 1H), 2.89 (dd, 1H), 4.24 (s, 4H), 4.27 (br, 1H), 4.36 (q, 2H), 4.94 (d, 1H), 6.71 (d, 1H), 6.77-6.82 (m, 4H), 6.86 (d, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H); MS for C23H27ClN2O5: [M−H]− 447.
Example 2E43. Preparation of Compound 87: 2-(3,4-dichlorophenoxy)-N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)acetamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.78 (br, 4H), 2.67 (br, 4H), 2.79 (dd, 1H), 2.92 (dd, 1H), 4.25 (br, s, 5H), 4.35 (q, 2H), 4.95 (d, 1H), 6.71-6.84 (m, 5H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 7.34 (d, 1H); MS for C23H26Cl2N2O5: [M−H]− 482.
Example 2E44. Preparation of Compound 86: N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-2-(3-phenoxyphenyl)acetamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.72 (br, 4H), 2.57 (br, 4H), 2.75-2.80 (m, 2H), 3.45 (s, 2H), 4.11-4.13 (m, 1H), 4.23 (s, 4H), 4.84 (d, 1H), 5.86 (d, 1H), 6.55 (dd, 1H), 6.71 (d, 1H), 6.74 (d, 1H), 6.80 (br, 1H), 6.85 (dd, 1H), 6.92 (dd, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 7.14 (t, 1H), 7.28-7.36 (m, 2H); MS for C29H32N2O5: [M−H]− 489.
Example 2E45. Preparation of Compound 280: 2-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)acetamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.80 (br, 4H, 2.68 (br, 4H), 2.84 (d, 2H), 3.45 (s, 2H), 4.17 (m, 1H), 4.25 (s, 4H), 4.88 (d, 1H), 5.88 (d, 1H), 6.65 (d, 1H), 6.79 (d, 1H), 6.95 (m, 1H), 6.95 (t, 1H), 7.13 (q, 1H); MS for C23H26F2N2O4: [M−H]− 434.
Example 2E46. Preparation of Compound 103: N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-2-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)acetamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.65 (br, 4H), 2.48 (br, 4H), 2.69 (d, 2H), 3.40 (s, 2H), 4.08 (m, 1H), 4.17 (s, 4H), 4.80 (s, 1H), 5.84 (t, 1H), 6.55 (d, 1H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 7.10 (t, 3H); MS for C24H27F3N2O5: [M−H]− 481.
Example 2E47. Preparation of Compound 90: N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-5-(thiophen-2-yl)isoxazole-3-carboxamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.82 (br, 4H), 2.73-2.81 (m, 4H), 2.89-2.93 (m, 1H), 3.02-3.07 (m, 1H), 4.23 (s, 4H), 4.41 (br, 1H), 5.07 (s, 1H), 5.30 (d, 1H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 6.83 (t, 2H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 7.12-7.14 (m, 2H), 7.47 (d, 1H), 7.52 (d, 1H); MS for C23H25N3O5S: [M−H]− 456.
Example 2E48. Preparation of Compound 92: 3-(3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl)-N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)propanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.77 (br, 4H), 2.38 (t, 2H), 2.60 (br, 4H), 2.8 (m, 4H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 4.20 (br, 1H), 4.24 (s, 4H), 4.87 (s, 1H), 5.80 (d, 1H), 6.66 (d, 1H), 6.8 (m, 3H), 7.00 (d, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H); MS for C25H31ClN2O5: [M−H]− 475.
Example 2E49. Preparation of Compound 96: N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)propanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.73 (br, 4H), 2.4 (m, 2H), 2.53 (m, 4H), 2.7 (m, 2H), 2.90-2.97 (m, 2H), 4.17 (br, 1H), 4.23 (s, 4H), 4.89 (s, 1H), 5.83 (br, 1H), 6.68 (d, 1H), 6.79 (d, 2H), 7.24 (d, 2H), 7.50 (d, 2H); MS for C25H29F3N2O5: [M−H]− 479.
Example 2E50. Preparation of Compound 101: 4-(benzo[d]thiazol-2-yl)-N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)butanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.77 (br, 4H), 2.10-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.27 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.67 (m, 4H), 2.79-2.83 (m, 2H), 3.02 (t, 2H), 4.18 (s, 4H), 4.26 (br, 1H), 4.92 (d, 1H), 6.12 (br, 1H), 6.75-6.81 (m, 2H), 6.86 (s, 1H), 7.37 (t, 1H), 7.45 (t, 1H), 7.85 (d, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H); MS for C26H31N3O4S: [M−H]− 482.
Example 2E51. Preparation of Compound 102: N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-6-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxine-6-sulfonamido)hexanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.15-1.20 (m, 2H), 1.38-1.50 (m, 4H), 1.77 (br, 4H), 2.08 (q, 2H), 2.63-2.66 (m, 4H), 2.79 (d, 2H), 2.87 (t, 2H), 4.2 (m, 9H), 4.91 (br, 1H), 5.93 (br, 1H), 6.77 (q, 2H), 6.84 (s, 1H), 6.93 (d, 1H), 7.31 (d, 1H), 7.37 (s, 1H); MS for C29H39N3O8S: [M−H]− 590.
Example 2E52. Preparation of Compound 104: N-(5-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-ylamino-5-oxopentyl)benzamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.47-1.52 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.69 (m, 2H), 1.77 (br, 4H), 2.15-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.65 (m, 4H), 2.81 (br, 2H), 3.30-3.42 (m, 2H), 4.19-4.23 (m, 5H), 4.94 (br, 1H), 5.98 (br, 1H), 6.76 (br, 1H), 6.78-6.86 (m, 3H), 7.40-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.80 (d, 2H); MS for C27H35N3O5: [M−H]− 482.
Example 2E53. Preparation of Compound 281: N1-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-N5-(thiazol-2-yl)glutaramide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.74 (br, 4H), 1.97-2.03 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.26 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.68 (m, 5H), 2.88 (m 1H), 4.20 (s, 4H), 4.26-4.29 (m, 1H), 4.83 (d, 1H), 6.12 (br, 1H), 6.74-6.79 (m, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 7.41 (d, 1H); MS for C23H30N4O5S: [M−H]− 475.
Example 2E54. Preparation of Compound 282: N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5-oxopentanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.76 (br, 4H), 1.92-2.00 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.26 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.65 (m, 4H), 2.70-2.95 (m, 4H), 3.93 (d, 6H), 4.17-4.23 (m, 5H), 4.90 (d, 1H), 5.96 (br, 1H), 6.75-6.79 (m, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.87 (d, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H); MS for C28H36N2O7: [M−H]− 513.
Example 2E55. Preparation of Compound 283: N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-5-oxo-5-p-tolylpentanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.77 (br, 4H), 1.96-2.02 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.26 (m, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.63-2.80 (m, 4H), 2.82-2.95 (m, 4H), 4.18-4.23 (m, 5H), 4.91 (d, 1H), 5.94 (br, 1H), 6.74-6.77 (m, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 7.26 (d, 2H), 7.81 (d, 2H); MS for C27H34N2O5: [M−H]− 467.
Example 2E56. Preparation of Compound 113: N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-5-oxo-5-phenylpentanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.76 (br, 4H), 1.95-2.01 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.63 (m, 4H), 2.78-2.95 (m, 4H), 4.17-4.22 (m, 5H), 4.91 (sd, 1H), 5.99 (br, 1H), 6.77 (st, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 7.44-7.58 (m, 3H), 7.92 (d, 2H); MS for C26H32N2O5: [M−H]− 453.
Example 2E57. Preparation of Compound 284: N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-5-(4-isopropoxyphenyl)-5-oxopentanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.36 (d, 6H), 1.75 (br, 4H), 1.90-2.02 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.66 (m, 4H), 2.70-2.86 (m, 4H), 4.17 (s, 4H), 4.22 (br, 1H), 4.62-4.65 (m, 1H), 4.89 (sd, 1H), 6.07 (d, 1H), 6.77 (s, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.87 (d, 2H), 7.86 (d, 2H); MS for C29H38N2O6: [M−H]− 511.
Example 2E58. Preparation of Compound 140: N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[(3][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-6-(4-methoxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)-6-oxohexanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.61-1.63 (m, 4H), 1.77 (br, 4H), 2.16 (t, 2H), 2.32 (s, 6H), 2.61-2.67 (m, 4H), 2.74-2.89 (m, 2H), 2.91 (t, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.21 (br, 5H), 4.90 (sd, 1H), 5.93 (br, 1H), 6.75-6.82 (m, 2H), 6.85 (sd, 1H), 7.61 (s, 2H); MS for C30H40N2O6: [M−H]− 525.
Example 2E59. Preparation of Compound 141: N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-6-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-oxohexanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.62-1.64 (m, 4H), 1.76 (br, 4H), 2.17 (t, 2H), 2.61-2.65 (m, 4H), 2.72-2.79 (m, 2H), 2.89 (t, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 4.20 (br, 5H), 4.89 (d, 1H), 6.01 (br, 1H), 6.77 (q, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.91 (d, 2H), 7.90 (d, 2H); MS for C28H36N2O6: [M−H]− 497.
Example 2E60. Preparation of Compound 155: 6-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-6-oxohexanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.34 (s, 9H), 1.63-1.65 (m, 4H), 1.77 (br, 4H), 2.17 (t, 2H), 2.64-2.66 (br, 4H), 2.75 (dd, 1H), 2.2.81 (dd, 1H), 2.91 (t, 2H), 4.20 (br, 5H), 4.90 (d, 1H), 6.02 (br, 1H), 6.77-6.82 (q, 2H), 6.85 (d, 1H), 7.46 (d, 2H), 7.86 (d, 2H); MS for C31H42N2O5: [M−H]− 523.
Example 2E61. Preparation of Compound 156: N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-7-(4-methoxyphenyl)-7-oxoheptanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.25-1.30 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.70 (m, 4H), 1.77 (br, 4H), 2.13 (t, 2H), 2.61-2.66 (m, 4H), 2.74-2.82 (m, 2H), 2.88 (t, 2H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 4.20 (br, 5H), 4.90 (d, 1H), 5.93 (br, 1H), 6.78 (q, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.91 (d, 2H), 7.92 (d, 2H); MS for C29H38N2O6: [M−H]− 511.
Example 2E62. Preparation of Compound 144: N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-8-(4-methoxyphenyl)-8-oxooctanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.25-1.33 (m, 4H), 1.54 (m, 2H), 1.68 (t, 2H), 1.78 (br, 4H), 2.11 (br, 2H), 2.65 (br, 4H), 2.76-2.11 (m, 4H), 3.86 (s, 3H), 4.21 (br, 5H), 4.90 (br, 1H), 6.02 (d, 1H), 6.78-6.84 (m, 3H), 6.91 (d, 2H), 7.92 (d, 2H); MS for C30H40N2O6: [M−H]− 525.
Example 2E63. Preparation of Compound 159: 7-(4-chlorophenyl)-N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-7-oxoheptanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.26-1.37 (m, 2H), 1.57 (m, 2H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.77 (br, 4H), 2.13 (t, 2H), 2.62-2.65 (m, 4H), 2.76-2.82 (m, 2H), 2.90 (t, 2H), 4.20 (br, 5H), 4.90 (d, 1H), 5.93 (d, 1H), 6.78 (q, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 7.42 (d, 2H), 7.87 (d, 2H); MS for C28H35ClN2O5: [M−H]− 515.
Example 2E64. Preparation of Compound 160: 7-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-7-oxoheptanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.27-1.34 (m, 11H), 1.56-1.71 (m, 4H), 1.77 (br, 4H), 2.13 (t, 2H), 2.63-2.66 (m, 4H), 2.76-2.819 (m, 2H), 2.91 (t, 2H), 4.20 (br, 5H), 4.90 (sd, 1H), 5.90 (d, 1H), 6.81 (q, 2H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 7.46 (d, 2H), 7.88 (d, 2H); MS for C32H44N2O5: [M−H]− 537.
Example 2E65. Preparation of Compound 168: N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-7-(4-methoxyphenyl)-7-oxoheptanamide (2S, 3S)-2,3-dihydroxysuccinate




1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 1.15-1.19 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 2H), 2.02 (br, 4H), 2.09-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.90 (t, 2H), 3.35-3.49 (m, 5H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 4.12 (br, 4H), 4.38 (s, 2H), 4.43 (m, 1H), 4.74 (sd, 1H), 6.71 (d, 1H), 6.79 (dq, 1H), 6.86 (sd, 1H), 6.96 (d, 2H), 7.92 (d, 2H); MS for C29H38N2O6.C4H6O6: [M−H]− 661.
Example 2E66. Preparation of Compound 162: N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-4-(4-isopropoxyphenyl)-4-oxobutanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.35 (d, 6H), 1.77 (br, 4H), 2.52-2.56 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.83 (m, 6H), 3.09-3.36 (m, 2H), 4.22 (br, 5H), 4.63-4.66 (m, 1H), 4.89 (sd, 1H), 6.13 (d, 1H), 6.78 (s, 2H), 6.88 (t, 3H), 7.90 (d, 2H); MS for C28H36N2O6: [M−H]− 497.
Example 2E67. Preparation of Compound 176: N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-4-oxo-4-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)butanamide (2S, 3S)-2,3-dihydroxysuccinate




1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 2.08 (br, 4H), 2.54-2.72 (m, 2H), 3.24-3.48 (m, 6H), 4.19 (s, 4H), 4.29 (m, 4H), 4.74 (sd, 1H), 6.76 (d, 1H), 6.86 (d, 1H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, 2H), 8.13 (d, 2H); MS for C26H29F3N2O5.C4H6O6: [M−H]− 657.
Example 2E68. Preparation of Compound 65 (Genz-528152-1): 2-(3′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl)-N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)acetamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.70 (br, 4H), 2.54 (br, 4H), 2.72-2.81 (m, 2H), 3.53 (s, 2H), 4.12-4.23 (m, 5H), 4.85 (d, 1H), 5.82 (d, 1H), 6.58 (dd, 1H), 6.70 (sd, 1H), 6.73 (d, 1H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 7.32-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.38 (t, 1H), 7.46-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.52 (d, 2H), 7.59 (d, 1H); C29H31ClN2O4: [M−H]− 507.
Example 2E69. Preparation of Compound 262: N-[2-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-1-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-ethyl]-3-(4-methoxy-phenoxy)-propionamide




1H NMR (CDCl3 400 mHz, ppm); 1.75 (m, 4H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 3.8 (s, 6H), 4.1 (m, 2H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 5.0 (d, 1H), 6.5 (br. d, 1H), 6.8 (m, 4H), 7.25 (m, 4H). M/Z for C24H32N2O5 [M−H]+ 429.
Example 2E70. Preparation of Compound 270: 5-(4-Isopropoxy-phenyl)-5-oxo-pentanoic acid [2-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-1-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-ethyl]_amide




1H NMR (CDCl3 400 mHz, ppm); 1.4 (d, 6H), 1.8 (m, 4H), 2.0 (m, 2H), 2.2 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 4H), 2.8 (m, 4H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.65 (m, 1H), 5.0 (d, 1H), 5.95 (br. d, 1H), 6.85 (m, 4H), 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.9 (m, 2H). M/Z for C24H32N2O5 [M−H]+ 483.3.
Example 2E71. Preparation of Compound 285: 7-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-7-oxo-heptanoic acid [2-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-1-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-ethyl]-amide




1H NMR (CDCl3 400 mHz, ppm); 1.25 (m, 2H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.8 (m, 4H), 2.15 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 4H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.2 (m, 1H), 5.0 (d, 1H), 5.9 (br. d, 1H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 6.95 (d, 2H), 7.2 (d, 2H), 7.95 (d, 2H). M/Z for C24H32N2O5 [M−H]+ 483.3
Example 2E72. Preparation of Compound 262: N-[2-Hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-1-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-ethyl]-3-(4-methoxy-phenoxy)-propionamide




1H NMR (CDCl3 400 mHz, ppm); 1.75 (m, 4H), 2.55 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 3.8 (s, 6H), 4.1 (m, 2H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 5.0 (d, 1H), 6.5 (br. d, 1H), 6.8 (m, 4H), 7.25 (m, 4H). M/Z for C24H32N2O5 [M−H]+ 429.
Example 2E73. Preparation of Compound 270: 5-(4-Isopropoxy-phenyl)-5-oxo-pentanoic acid [2-hydroxy-2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-1-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-ethyl]amide




1H NMR (CDCl3 400 mHz, ppm); 1.4 (d, 6H), 1.8 (m, 4H), 2.0 (m, 2H), 2.2 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 4H), 2.8 (m, 4H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.65 (m, 1H), 5.0 (d, 1H), 5.95 (br. d, 1H), 6.85 (m, 4H), 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.9 (m, 2H). M/Z for C24H32N2O5 [M−H]+ 483.3.
Example 2E74. Preparation of Compound 305




1H NMR (CDCl3 400 mHz, ppm); 1.25 (m, 14H), 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.8 (m, 4H), 2.1 (t, 2H), 2.6 (t, 2H), 2.8 (m, 6H), 4.2 (m, 5H), 4.9 (d, 1H), 6.0 (br d, 1H), 6.8 (m, 3H), 7.2 (m, 1H), 7.5 (m, 1H), 8.4 (m, 2H). M/Z for C24H32N2O5 [M−H]+ 538.
Example 2E75. Preparation of Compound 320: Octanoic acid [2-hydroxy-2(4-methoxy-phenyl)-1-Pyrrolidin1-ylmethyl-ethyl]-amide




1H NMR (CDCl3 400 mHz, ppm); 0.9 (t, 3H), 1.2 (m, 8H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.8 (m, 4H), 2.1 (t, 2H), 2.65 (m, 4H), 2.8 (d, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.2 (m, 1H), 4.95 (d, 1H), 5.9 (br d, 1H), 6.9 (2s, 2H), 7.25 (m, 2H). M/Z for C22H36N2O3 [M−H]+ 377.4.
Example 2E76. Preparation of Cyclic Amide Analogs




Cyclic amide analogs were prepared according to Scheme 6. 2-Amino-1-(2,3-dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propan-1-ol was prepared according to the preparation of intermediate 4 of U.S. Pat. No. 6,855,830 B2. This amine was coupled with various nitriles in potassium carbonate and glycerol, under an atmosphere of nitrogen, for example, at 115° C. for 18 hours. Compound 323 characterized by the following structural formula was prepared by following Scheme 6. Compound 323 was purified by column chromatography using a mixture of methanol and methylene chloride.




1H NMR (CDCl3 400 mHz, ppm); 0.95 (t, 3H), 1.35 (m, 2H), 1.6 (m, 2H), 1.8 (m, 4H), 2.7 (m, 6H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 4.2 (m, 5H), 5.4 (d, 1H), 6.85 (m, 3H), 7.2 (m, 2H), 7.9 (d, 2H). M/Z for C24H32N2O5 [M−H]+ 421.54.
Example 2E77. Preparation of N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-5-(4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenyl)-5-oxopentanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm): 1.25 (t, 3H), 1.8 (br, 4H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 2.05 (t, 3H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 3.65 (m, 4H), 2.90 (m, 4H), 3.4 (s, 4H), 3.8 (m, 2H), 4.15 (m, 9H), 4.95 (br, 1H), 5.95 (br, 1H), 6.88-6.95 (m, 5H), 7.9 (m, 2H). M/Z for C29H38N2O7 [M+H]=527.
Example 2E78. Preparation of N-((1R, 2R)-1-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-methoxyphenoxy)propanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm): 1.76 (br, 4H), 2.52-2.57 (sq, 2H), 2.60-2.73 (br, 4H), 2.88-2.96 (st, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 3.96-4.0 (m, 1H), 4.06-4.11 (1H), 4.21-4.24 (m, 1H), 5.07 (d, 1H), 6.57 (bd, 1H), 6.77-6.87 (sq, 4H), 7.20-7.27 (sd, 6H). M/Z for C23H29ClN2O4 [M+H]=433.
Example 2E79. Preparation of N-((1R, 2R)-1-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-6-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-oxohexanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm): 1.54-1.62 (br, 4H), 1.79 (br, 4H), 2.14 (t, 2H), 2.63-2.69 (br, 4H), 2.83-2.89 (m, 4H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.24 (br, 1H), 5.03 (d, 1H), 5.93 (d, 1H), 6.93 (d, 2H), 7.26-7.32 (m, 4H), 7.93 (d, 2H). M/Z for C26H33ClN2O4 [M+H]=473.
Example 2E80. Preparation of N-((1R, 2R)-1-hydroxy-1-(4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-6-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-oxohexanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm): 1.77 (br, 4H), 1.91-2.0 (m, 2H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.2-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.69 (m, 4H), 2.77-2.89 (m, 4H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 4.23 (m, 1H), 4.96 (sd, 1H), 5.93 (br, 1H), 6.75 (br, 1H), 6.94 (d, 2H), 7.1 (br, 2H), 7.88 (m, 2H). M/Z for C28H38N2O5 [M+H]=483.
Example 2E81. Preparation of N-((1R, 2R)-1-hydroxy-1-(4-methoxy-3-methylphenyl)-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-2-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)acetamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm): 1.73 (br, 4H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.55 (br, 4H), 2.81 (st, 2H), 3.46 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 4.92 (sd, 1H), 5.85 (br, 1H), 672 (d, 1H), 6.95 (sd, 1H), 7.00 (br, 1H), 7.2 (m, 4H). M/Z for C24H29F3N2O4 [M+H]=467.
Example 2E82. Preparation of N-((1R, 2R)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)-1-(2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro-2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)propan-2-yl)octanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm): 0.9 (t, 3H), 1.2 (rm, 11H), 1.5 (bm, 8H), 1.8 (br, 4H), 2.1 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 4H), 2.90 (m, 2H), 4.2 (m, 1H), 5.05 (d, 1H), 5.85 (br, 1H), 7.2 (m, 3H). M/Z for C23H32F4N2O4 [M+H]=477.
Example 2E83. Preparation of N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,2-difluorobenzo[d][1,3]dioxol-5-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-2-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)acetamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm): 1.75 (br, 4H), 2.55 (br, 4H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 3.45 (s, 2H), 4.1 (m, 1H), 5.0 (d, 1H), 5.85 (br, 1H), 6.8-6.95 (3H), 7.1-7.20 (4H). M/Z for C23H23F5N2O5 [M+H]=503.
Example 2E84. Preparation of N-((1R, 2R)-1-hydroxy-1-(4-(2-phenoxyethoxy)phenyl)-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-6-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-oxohexanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm): 1.6 (m, 4H), 1.8 (m, 4H), 2.15 (t, 2H), 2.7 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 4H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.3 (s, 3H), 5.0 (d, 1H), 5.95 (br, 1H), 6.9 (m, 7H), 7.2 (m, 4H), 7.95 (m, 2H). M/Z for C34H42N2O6 [M+H]=575.
Example 2E85. Preparation of N-((1R, 2R)-1-(4-(cyclobutylmethoxy)phenyl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-6-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-oxohexanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm): 1.6 (br, 4H), 1.9 (m, 9H), 2.05 (m, 5H), 2.75-3.0 (m, 9H), 3.8 (m, 5H), 4.3 (m, 1H), 5.0 (m, 1H), 6.2 (br, 1H), 6.9 (m, 4H), 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.9 (m, 2H). M/Z for C31H42N2O5 [M+H]=523.
Example 2E86. Preparation of N-((1R, 2R)-1-(4-(4-fluorobutoxy)phenyl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-6-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-oxohexanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm): 1.6 (m, 8H), 1.8 (m, 10H), 2.15 (t, 2H), 2.65 (m, 4H), 2.8 (d, 2H), 2.9 (m, 5H), 2.95 (s, 3H), 4.0 (t, 2H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 4.45 (t, 1H), 4.55 (t, 1H), 4.95 (br, 2H), 5.9 (br, 1H), 6.90 (m, 4H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.95 (m, 2H), 8.05 (br, 1H). M/Z for C30H41FN2O5 [M+H]=529.
Example 2E87. Preparation of N-((1R, 2R)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)-1-(4-(3-(p-tolyloxy)propoxy)phenyl)propan-2-yl)-6-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-oxohexanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm): 1.65 (m, 4H), 1.8 (m, 4H), 2.15 (t, 2H), 2.25 (t, 2H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 2.65 (m, 4H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.9 (t, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 4.15 (m, 4H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.95 (br, 1H), 6.85 (br, 1H), 6.8-6.95 (m, 6H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 7.2 (m, 2H), 7.95 (2H). M/Z for C36H46N2O6 [M+H]=603.
Example 2E88. Preparation of N-((1R, 2R)-1-(4-butoxyphenyl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-6-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-oxohexanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm): 1.0 (t, 3H), 1.5 (m, 2H), 1.65 (m, 4H), 1.8 (m, 6H), 2.15 (t, 2H), 2.65 (m, 4H0, 2.8 (m, 2H), 2.9 (t, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.9 (t, 2H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 4.95 (br, 1H), 5.90 (br, 1H), 6.8-6.95 (m, 4H), 7.2 (br, 2H), 7.90 (br, 2H). M/Z for C30H42N2O5 [M+H]=511.
Example 2E89. Preparation of N-((1R, 2R)-1-(4-(hexyloxy)phenyl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-5-(4-(2-methoxyethoxy)phenyl)-5-oxopentanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm): 0.95 (t, 3H), 1.35 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.7 (m, 6H), 1.95 (m, 2H), 2.20 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 4H), 3.45 (s, 3H), 3.75 (m, 2H), 3.90 (t, 2H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 4.25 (m, 1H), 4.95 (m, 1H), 6.0 (br, 1H), 6.8 (m, 2H), 6.9 (m, 2H), 7.2 (m, 2H), 7.90 (m, 2H). M/Z for C33H48N2O6 [M+H]=569.
Example 2E90. Preparation of N-((1R,2R)-1-(4-(hexyloxy)phenyl)-1-hydroxy-3-((S)-3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-methoxyphenoxy)propanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm): 0.95 (t, 3H), 1.35 (m, 4H), 1.45 (m, 2H), 1.75 (m, 3H), 2.1 (m, 1H), 2.4 (m, 1H), 2.55 (t, 2H), 2.75 (m, 3H), 2.85 (m, 1H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.90 (t, 2H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 4.1 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 5.0 (br, 1H), 6.6 (br, 1H), 6.8 (m, 6H), 7.2 (m, 2H). M/Z for C29H42N2O6 [M+H]=515.
Example 2E91. Preparation of 2-(4′-chlorobiphenyl-4-yl-N-((1R, 2R)-3-((R)-3-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-1-hydroxy-1-(4-isopropoxyphenyl)propan-2-yl)acetamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm): 1.15 (m, 6H), 2.10 (m, 2H), 2.4 (q, 1H), 2.5-2.75 (m, 4H), 2.95 (m, 2H), 3.55 (d, 2H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 4.45 (m, 1H), 4.85 (br, 1H), 5.10 (m, 1H), 5.9 (br, 1H), 6.75 (m, 2H), 7.05 (br, 2H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.5 (m, 4H). M/Z for C30H34C1FN2O3 [M+H]=528.
Example 2E92. Preparation of N-((1R, 2R)-1-hydroxy-3-((S)-3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-1-(4-isopropoxyphenyl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-methoxyphenoxy)propanamide




1H NMR (CDCl3, 400 mHz, ppm): 1.35 (d, 6H), 1.7 (m, 1H), 2.1 (m, 1H), 2.45 (m, 1H), 2.55 (t, 2H), 2.7-2.9 (m, 4H), 3.0 (m, 1H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.05 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 4.20 (m, 1H), 4.35 (m, 1H), 4.5 (m, 1H), 4.95 (d, 1H), 6.55 (br, 1H), 6.75-6.85 (m, 6H), 7.2 (m, 2H). M/Z for C26H36N2O6 [M+H]=473.
Example 2E93. Preparation of N-((1R,2R)-1-(4-(4-fluorobutoxy)phenyl)-1-hydroxy-3-((R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-5-(4-methoxyphenyl)-5-oxopentanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.7-2.2 (m, 12H), 2.4 (dd, 1H), 2.65-2.9 (m, 6H), 3.0 (dd, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.91 (dd, 2H), 4.1-4.22 (m, 1H), 4.3-4.4 (m, 1H), 4.4 (dd, 1H), 4.6 (dd, 1H), 4.91 (d, 1H), 6.19 (d, 1H), 6.83 (d, 2H), 6.92 (d, 2H), 7.22 (d, 2H), 7.9 (d, 2H); MS for C29H39FN2O6 m/z 531 [M+H].
Example 2E94. Preparation of N-((1R,2R)-1-(4-(4-fluorobutoxy)phenyl)-1-hydroxy-3-((R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-8-methoxyoctanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.2-1.34 (m, 6H), 1.45-1.6 (m, 4H), 1.7-1.8 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.95 (m, 4H), 2.0-2.2 (m, 4), 2.4-2.5 (m, 2H), 2.7-2.8 (m, 4H), 2.98 (dd, 1H), 3.3 (s, 3H), 3.53 (dd, 1H), 4.0 (dd, 2H), 4.1-4.2 (m, 1H), 4.3-4.4 (m, 1H), 4.5 (dd, 1H), 4.58 (dd, 1H), 4.9 (d, 1H), 5.9 (d, 1H), 6.85 (d, 2H), 7.22 (d, 2H); MS for C26H43FN2O5 m/z 483 [M+H]
Example 2E95. Preparation of N-((1R,2R)-1-(4-(4-fluorobutoxy)phenyl)-1-hydroxy-3-((R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-4-(4-methoxyphenoxy)butanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.6-2.2 (m, 9H), 2.3-2.5 (m, 4H), 2.6-2.8 (m, 5), 2.9 (dd, 1H), 3.7 (s, 3H), 3.85 (dd, 2H), 3.95 (dd, 2H), 4.2-4.3 (m, 2H), 4.5 (dd, 1H), 4.6 (dd, 1H), 4.9 (d, 1H), 6.0 (d, 1H), 6.7-7 (m, 6H), 7.1-7.2 (d, 2H); MS for C28H39FN2O6 m/z 519 [M+H].
Example 2E96. Preparation of N-((1R,2R)-1-(4-(4-fluorobutoxy)phenyl)-1-hydroxy-3-((R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-methoxyphenoxy)propanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.6-1.7 (m, 1H), 1.8-2 (m, 4H), 2.1-2.2 (m, 1), 2.4-2.5 (m, 1H), 2.6 (t, 2H), 2.7-2.85 (m, 4H), 3.0 (dd, 1H), 3.7 (s, 3H), 4.0 (t, 2H), 4.1-4.3 (m, 4H), 4.5 (dd, 1H), 4.6 (dd, 1H) 4.98 (d, 1H), 6.6 (d, 1H), 6.7-6.9 (m, 6H), 7.1-7.22 (d, 2H); MS for C27H37FN2O6 m/z 505 [M+H].
Example 2E97. Preparation of N-((1R,2R)-1-(4-(4-fluorobutoxy)phenyl)-1-hydroxy-3-((R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-7-(4-methoxyphenyl)-7-oxoheptanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.1-1.4 (m, 3H), 1.5-2.0 (m, 12H), 2.1-2.2 (dd, 4H), 2.4-2.90 (m, 10H), 3.0 (dd, 1H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.9 (dd, 2H), 4.1-4.2 (m, 1H), 4.3-4.4.5 (m, 2H), 4.57 (dd, 1H), 4.9 (d, 1H), 5.9 (d, 1H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 7.2 (d, 2H), 7.9 (d, 2H); MS for C31H43FN2O6 m/z 559 [M+H].
Example 2E98. Preparation of N-((1R,2R)-1-(4-(4-fluorobutoxy)phenyl)-1-hydroxy-3-((R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-6-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6-oxohexanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ=1.4-1.6 (m, 4H), 1.6-1.8 (m, 5H), 2.0-2.2 (m, 1H), 2.2-2.3 (m, 2H), 2.4-2.6 (m, 3H), 2.7-3.0 (m, 5H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 3.9 (dd, 1H), 4.1-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.3-4.38 (m, 1H), 4.4 (dd, 1H), 4.5 (dd, 1H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 7.1 (d, 2H), 7.2 (d, 2H), 8 (d, 2H); MS for C30H41FN2O6 m/z 545 [M+H]
Example 2E99. Preparation of N-((1S, 2R)-1-(5-chlorothiophen-2-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-methoxyphenoxy)propanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.7 (broad s, 4H), 2.5-2.7 (m, 7H), 2.8 (dd, 1H), 2.94 (dd, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H) 4.1-4.2 (m, 2H), 4.3-4.35 (m, 1H), 5.18 (d, 1H), 6.55 (d, 1H), 6.66 (d, 1H), 6.67 (d, 1H), 6.7-6.9 (m, 4H); MS for C21H27ClN2O4S m/z 439 [M+H].
Example 2E100. Preparation of N-((1S, 2R)-1-hydroxy-1-(3-methylthiophen-2-yl)-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-methoxyphenoxy)propanamide 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate




1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ=1.8-2.2 (m, 4H), 2.24 (s, 3H) 2.5-2.8 (m, 2H), 3.0-3.2 (m, 2H), 3.5 (dd, 2H), 3.7 (s, 3H), 3.6-3.8 (m, 2H), 4.0-4.2 (m, 2H), 4.5 (dd, 1H), 5.2 (s, 1H), 6.8 (d, 1H), 6.84 (broad s, 4H), 7.2 (d, 1H); MS for C22H30N2O4S m/z 419 [M+H].
Example 2E101. Preparation of Compound 257: N-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-morpholinopropan-2-yl)-3-(4-methoxyphenoxy)propanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=2.4-2.6 (m, 7H), 2.7 (dd, 1H), 3.5-3.7 (m, 4H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4-4.2 (m, 2H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.2-4.3 (m, 1H), 4.9 (d, 1H), 6.5 (d, 1H), 6.7-6.9 (m, 7H); MS for C25H32N2O7 m/z 473.1 [M+H].
Example 2E102. Preparation of Compound 261: N-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(piperidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-methoxyphenoxy)propanamide




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.4 (br, 2H), 1.6 (br, 4H), 2.2-2.8 (m, 6H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.0-4.2 (m, 2H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.2-4.3 (m, 1H), 4.9 (s, 1H), 6.4 (d, 1H), 6.7-6.9 (m, 7H); MS for C25H34N2O6 m/z 471.1 [M+H].
Example 2B1. Preparation of Compound 6: 1-benzyl-3-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.7 (s, 4H), 2.4-2.6 (m, 5H), 2.6-2.7 (dd, 1H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.3 (m, 2H), 4.8 (d, 1H), 4.86 (d, 1H), 5.0 (br, 1H), 6.6-6.9 (m, 3H), 7.2-7.4 (m, 5H); MS for C23H29N3O4 m/z 412.2 [M+H].
Example 2B2. Preparation of Compound 17: 1-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-fluorobenzyl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.6 (s, 4H), 2.4-2.6 (m, 6H), 3.9 (m, 1H), 4.0-4.1 (m, 2H), 4.13 (s, 4H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 5.4 (d, 1H), 6.6-7.1 (m, 7H); MS for C23H28FN3O4 m/z 430.2 [M+H].
Example 2B3. Preparation of Compound 40: 1-(4-bromobenzyl)-3-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.7 (s, 4H), 2.4-2.8 (m, 6H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 4.1-4.2 (m, 2H) 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.8 (d, 1H), 5.3 (d, 1H), 5.6-5.8 (br, 1H), 6.8-7.0 (m, 3H), 7.0 (d, 2H), 7.4 (d, 2H); MS for C23H28BrN3O4 m/z 490 [M], 491 [M+H], 492 [M+2].
Example 2B4. Preparation of Compound 41: 1-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-methoxybenzyl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.6 (s, 4H), 2.4-2.6 (m, 6H), 3.7 (s, 3H), 3.9 (m, 1H), 4.1 (d, 2H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 5.2 (d, 1H), 5.5-5.7 (br, 1H), 6.6-6.8 (m, 5H), 7.1 (d, 2H); MS for C24H31N3O5 m/z 442.2 [M+H].
Example 2B5. Preparation of Compound 80: 1-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(3-methoxybenzyl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.7 (s, 4H), 2.4-2.6 (m, 6H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 4.1-4.2 (s, 6H), 4.8 (d, 1H), 5.1 (d, 1H), 5.2-5.4 (br, 1H), 6.6-6.8 (m, 6H), 7.2 (dd, 1H); MS for C24H31N3O5 m/z 442.2 [M+H].
Example 2B6. Preparation of Compound 42: 1-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-methylbenzyl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.6 (s, 4H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 2.4-2.6 (m, 6H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 4.2 (d, 2H), 4.21 (s, 4H), 4.7 (d, 1H), 5.2 (d, 1H), 5.4-5.6 (br, 1H), 6.7-7.1 (m, 7H); MS (for C24H31N3O4 m/z 426.2 [M+H].
Example 2B7. Preparation of Compound 43: 1-(4-chlorobenzyl)-3-((1R,2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.7 (s, 4H), 2.5-2.7 (m, 6H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 4.2 (s, 6H), 4.8 (d, 1H), 5.2 (d, 1H), 5.4-5.5 (br, 1H), 6.7-6.9 (m, 3H), 7.1 (d, 2H), 7.3 (d, 2H); MS for C23H28N3ClO4 m/z 446 [M+H], 447.5 [M+2].
Example 2B8. Preparation of Compound 10: 1-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-((S)-1-phenylethyl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.4 (d, 3H), 1.6 (s, 4H), 2.2-2.5 (m, 4H), 2.5 (dd, 1H), 2.6 (dd, 1H), 3.9 (m, 1H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.5 (m, 1H), 4.8 (d, 1H), 5.0 (d, 1H), 5.1-5.3 (br, 1H), 6.6-6.9 (m, 3H), 7.2-7.4 (m, 5H); MS for C24H31N3O4 m/z 426.2 [M+H].
Example 2B9. Preparation of Compound 286: 1-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(®-1-phenylethyl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.3 (d, 3H), 1.7 (s, 4H), 2.2-2.6 (m, 6H), 3.9 (m, 1H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.6-4.7 (m, 2H), 5.3 (d, 1H), 5.6-5.7 (br, 1H), 6.6 (d, 1H), 6.7 (d, 1H), 6.8 (s, 1H), 7.2-7.4 (m, 5H); MS for C24H31N3O4 m/z 426.0 [M+H].
Example 2B10. Preparation of Compound 69: 1-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(naphthalen-2-yl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.6 (s, 4H), 2.4-2.8 (m, 6H), 4.1 (s, 5H), 4.8 (s, 1H), 6.0 (d, 1H), 6.7 (s, 2H), 6.9 (s, 1H), 7.1-7.8 (m, 7H); MS for C26H29N3O4 m/z 448.1 [M+H].
Example 2B11. Preparation of Compound 288: 1-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(naphthalen-1-yl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.6 (s, 4H), 2.4 (s, 4H), 2.6 (d, 2H), 4.1 (m, 1H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.8 (d, 1H), 5.4 (d, 1H), 6.5 (d, 1H), 6.6 (d, 1H), 6.7 (s, 1H), 7.2-7.6 (m, 3H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.8 (d, 1H), 8.0 (d, 1H); MS for C26H29N3O4 m/z 448.1 [M+H].
Example 2B12. Preparation of Compound 71: 1-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-((S)-1-(naphthalen-1-yl)ethyl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.4 (s, 4H), 1.5 (d, 3H), 2.3 (s, 4H), 2.4 (dd, 1H), 2.6 (dd, 1H), 3.9 (br, 1H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.7 (s, 1H), 5.0 (d, 1H), 5.3 (br, 1H), 5.5 (br, 1H), 6.6 (m, 3H), 7.4-7.6 (m, 4H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.8 (d, 1H), 8.1 (d, 1H); MS for C28H33N3O4 m/z 476.2 [M+H].
Example 2B13. Preparation of Compound 70: 1-(biphenyl-4-yl)-3-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.7 (s, 4H), 2.6-2.8 (m, 6H), 4.1 (br, 1H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.9 (br, 1H), 5.9 (d, 1H), 6.8 (s, 2H), 6.9 (s, 1H), 7.2-7.6 (m, 9H); for C28H31N3O4 m/z 474.1 [M+H].
Example 2B14. Preparation of Compound 81: 1-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.7 (s, 4H), 2.4-2.7 (m, 6H), 4.0 (br, 1H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.8 (br, 1H), 5.9 (br, 1H), 6.8 (s, 2H), 6.9 (s, 1H), 7.3 (d, 2H), 7.5 (d, 2H); MS for C23H26F3N3O4 m/z 465.97 [M+H].
Example 2B15. Preparation of Compound 68: 1-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.7 (s, 4H), 2.5-2.9 (m, 6H), 4.0 (br, 1H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.8 (br, 1H), 5.9 (br, 1H), 6.8 (s, 2H), 6.9 (s, 1H), 7.2-7.6 (m, 4H); MS for C23H26F3N3O4 m/z 466.0 [M+H].
Example 2B16. Preparation of Compound 82: 1-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.7 (s, 4H), 2.4-2.7 (m, 6H), 4.0 (br, 1H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.8 (br, 1H), 5.9 (br, 1H), 6.8 (s, 2H), 6.9 (s, 1H), 7.0 (d, 2H), 7.2 (d, 2H); MS for C23H26F3N3O5 m/z 481.5 [M], 482.5 [M+H].
Example 2B17. Preparation of Compound 133: 1-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-(2-methylthiazol-4-yl)phenyl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.7 (s, 4H), 2.4-2.7 (m, 6H), 2.7 (s, 3H), 4.1 (br, 1H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.8 (br, 1H), 5.9 (d, 1H), 6.8 (s, 2H), 6.9 (s, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.3 (d, 2H), 7.7 (d, 2H); MS for C26H30N4O4S m/z 494.9 [M+H].
Example 2B18. Preparation of Compound 7: 1-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-dodecylurea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=0.9 (t, 3H), 1.3 (br, 18H), 1.4 (m, 2H), 1.8 (s, 4H), 2.5-2.7 (m, 6H), 3.1 (q, 2H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 4.3 (s, 4H), 4.4 (br, 1H), 4.76 (d, 1H), 4.8 (d, 1H), 6.7-6.8 (dd, 2H), 6.9 (s, 1H); MS for C28H47N3O4 m/z 489.7 [M+H], 490.9 [M+2].
Example 2B19. Preparation of Compound 287: 1-((1R, 2R)-1-(2,3-dihydrobenzo[β][1,4]dioxin-6-yl)-1-hydroxy-3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(2-(thiophen-2-yl)ethyl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.7 (s, 4H), 2.5-2.7 (m, 6H), 3.0 (t, 2H), 3.8 (q, 2H), 4.0 (m, 1H), 4.2 (s, 4H), 4.8 (d, 2H), 4.9 (d, 1H), 6.7-6.8 (m, 3H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 6.9 (dd-1H), 7.1 (d, 1H); MS for C22H29N3O4S m/z 432.1 [M+H].
Example 2B20. Preparation of 1-((1R,2R)-1-(4-(4-fluorobutoxy)phenyl)-1-hydroxy-3-((R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)-3-(4-methoxybenzyl)urea 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate




1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ=1.8-2.2 (m, 6H), 3.2-3.3 (dd, 2H), 3.4-3.7 (m, 3H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 3.82-4.1 (m, 4H), 4.3 (dd, 2H), 4.4 (dd, 1H), 4.5 (dd, 2H), 4.8 (dd, 1H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 6.9 (d, 2H), 7 (m, 2H), 7.3 (d, 2H); MS for C26H36FN3O5 m/z 491 [M+H].
Example 2B21. Preparation of 1-(4-chlorobenzyl)-3-((1R,2R)-1-(4-(4-fluorobutoxy)phenyl)-1-hydroxy-3-((R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)propan-2-yl)urea




1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ=1.6-1.8 (m, 3H), 1.8-2 (m, 5H), 2-2.2 (m, 2H), 2.2-2.3 (m, 2H), 2.8-2.4 (m, 5H), 2.9 (m, 1H), 3.9-4.0 (m, 3), 4.1-4.4 (m, 3H), 4.5 (t, 1H), 4.6-4.7 (m, 1H), 4.75 (d, 1H), 6.8 (d, 2H), 7.1 (d, 2H), 7.15-7.3 (m, 4H); MS for C25H33C1FN3O4 m/z 494 [M+H].
Example 3: GM3 Elisa Assay
B16-FO cells from ATCC (American Tissue Culture Collection) were grown in DMEM media (ATCC) with 10% Fetal Bovine Serum (Hyclone) and Pen/Step/Glutamine (Biowhittaker) 4000 cells per well were plated on collagen coated plates (BD) and allowed to attach for 6 hours in an incubator (37 degrees, 5% CO2). After 6 hours the compounds and controls were added to the wells, the plates mixed and returned to the incubator for 2 days. Day of assay the cells were fixed for 20 minutes with 1% formaldehyde and then washed with Tris Buffered Saline (TBS) 3 times, 150 μl of TBS was left in the wells and 50 μl of goat serum (Invitrogen) was added, the plates mixed and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. The plates were flicked and the cells incubated with the monoclonal Antibody to GM3 (NeuAc) (Cosmo) for 45 minutes as room temperature. The plates were then washed 3 times with TBS, leaving 150 μl of TBS in the wells and Peroxidase AffinPure F (ab′) 2 frag Gt Anti-mouse IgM, μ Chain Specific (Jackson Immno Research) was added in 50 μl, the plates mixed and incubated for 45 minutes at room temperature. The plates were washed 3 times with TBS, flicked and blotted and 100 μl of Quantablu (Pierce) was added to the wells and incubated for 1 hour then read on a Fluorometer at Ex 325 and Em 420. The data was then analyzed using standard programs.
The results of the GM3 Elisa assay are summarized in Tables 1 and 2. In Tables 1 and 2, IC50 values are indicated as “A,” “B,” C,” “D,” and “E” for those of less than or equal to 0.1 μm; those of greater than 0.1 μm, and less than or equal to 1 μm; those of greater than 1 μm, and less than or equal to 3 μm; those of greater than 3 μm, and less than or equal to 10 μm; those of greater than 10 μm, respectively. As shown in Tables 1, 2 and 3, numerous compounds of the invention were shown to be inhibitors of GM3.







TABLE 1







IC 50 Values from GM3 Elisa Assay

















 


Z—R*
Compound
IC50_uM_Mean
















1
B


 






2
C


 






3
C


 






4
B


 






5
B


 






6
B


 






7
A


 






8
B


 






9
B


 






10
B


 






11
A


 






12
B


 






13
B


 






14
B


 






15
B


 






16
D


 






17
A


 






18
B


 






19
B


 






20
B


 






21
A


 






22
C


 






23
A


 






24
B


 






25
B


 






26
B


 






27
A


 






28
A


 






29
A


 






30
B


 






31
B


 






32
A


 






33
A


 






34
C


 






35
C


 






36
B


 






37
B


 






38
B


 






39
A


 






40
A


 






41
A


 






42
A


 






43
A


 






44
B


 






45
B


 






46
B


 






47
B


 






48
A


 






49
A


 






50
B


 






51
B


 






52
B


 






53
C


 






54
A


 






55
A


 






56
A


 






57
A


 






58
B


 






59
A


 






60
A


 






61
A


 






62
B


 






63
A


 






64
A


 






65
A


 






66
A


 






67
A


 






68
B


 






69
B


 






70
A


 






71
B


 






72
B


 






73
A


 






74
B


 






75
B


 






76
B


 






77
A


 






78
B


 






79
A


 






80
B


 






81
B


 






82
A


 






83
A


 






84
C


 






85
A


 






86
A


 






87
A


 






88
B


 






89
B


 






90
B


 






91
B


 






92
A


 






93
A


 






94
C


 






95
A


 






96
A


 






97
B


 






98
D


 






99
B


 






100
A


 






101
A


 






102
C


 






103
A


 






104
B


 






105
B


 






106
B


 






107
D


 






108
B


 






109
A


 






110
A


 






111
B


 






112
B


 






113
B


 






114
B


 






115
A


 






116
B


 






117
B


 






118
B


 






119
A


 






120
B


 






121
D


 






122
D


 






123
C


 






124
C


 






125
B


 






126
D


 






127
B


 






128
C


 






129
B


 






130
C


 






131
A


 






132
D


 






133
D


 






134
C


 






135
C


 






136
A


 






137
A


 






138
A


 






139
A


 






140
A


 






141
A


 






142
A


 






143
A


 






144
A


 






145
B


 






146
B


 






147
B


 






148
A


 






149
B


 






150
C


 






151
B


 






152
A


 






153
B


 






154
B


 






155
B


 






156
A


 






157
A


 






158
A


 






159
A


 






160
B


 






161
B


 






162
A


 






163
A


 






164
A


 






165
A


 






166
A


 






167
A


 






168
A


 






169
A


 






170
B


 






171
C


 






172
B


 






173
A


 






174
A


 






175
A


 






176
A


 






177
B


 






178
A


 






179
A


 






180
B


 






181
A


 






182
B


 






183
A


 






184
B


 






185
B


 






186
A


 






187
B


 






188
B


 






189
B


 






190
A


 






191
A


 






192
B


 






193
B


 






194
B


 






195
B


 






196
C


 






197
A


 






198
B


 






199
A


 






200
B


 






201
C


 






202
B


 






203
A


 






204
B


 






205
A


 






206
B


 






207
A


 






208
B


 






209
A


 






210
B


 






211
B


 






212
D


 






213
B


 






214
D


 






215
B


 






216
A


 






217
A


 






218
D


 






219
D


 






220
B


 






221
A


 






222
A


 






223
A


 






224
B


 






225
A


 






226
D


 






227
C


 






228
B


 






229
E


 






230
B


 






231
A


 






232
C


 






233
C


 






234
B


 






235
B


 






236
A


 






237
A


 






238
A


 






239
D


 






240
C


 






241
A


 






291
C


 






292
C


 






293
B


 






294
B


 






295
A


 






296
B


 






297
C


 






298
B


 






299
A


 






300
A


 






301
A


 






302
A


 






303
A


 






304
A


 






305
A


 






306
B


 






307
A


 






308
A
















TABLE 2







IC 50 Values from GM3 Elisa Assay









Structure
Compound
IC50_uM_Mean









242
D


 






243
A


 






244
A


 






245
D


 






246
C


 






247
A


 






248
B


 






249
C


 






250
B


 






251
B


 






252
B


 






253
B


 






254
B


 






255
C


 






256
B


 






257
D


 






258
D


 






259
A


 






260
A


 






261
B


 






262
A


 






263
B


 






264
A


 






265
A


 






266
A


 






267
A


 






268
A


 






269
A


 






270
A


 






271
A


 






272
A


 






273
B


 






274
C


 






275
A


 






276
B


 






277
D


 






278
E


 






279
C


 






282
C


 






283
A


 






284
A


 






285
A


 






286
D


 






287
C


 






289
B


 






309
A


 






310
C


 






311
C


 






312
B


 






313
A


 






314
C


 






315
B


 






316
D


 






317
B


 






318
B


 






319
B


 






320
A


 






321
C


 






322
B
















TABLE 3







IC 50 Values









Structure
IC50_uM_Mean
Compound









B
340


 






A
341


 






B
342


 






B
343


 






A
344


 






A
345


 






B
346


 






B
347


 






B
348


 






B
349


 






A
350


 






B
351


 






D
352


 






B
353


 






B
354


 






C
355


 






C
356


 






B
357


 






A
358


 






B
359


 






B
360


 






D
361


 






D
362


 






B
363


 






A
364


 






A
365


 






A
366


 






A
367


 






A
368


 






A
369


 






A
370


 






A
371


 






A
372


 






A
373


 






A
374


 






B
375


 






A
376


 






A
377


 






A
378


 






B
379


 






A
380


 






C
381


 






B
382


 






B
383


 






B
384


 






C
385


 






B
386


 






B
387


 






A
388


 






A
389


 






A
390


 






B
391


 






D
392


 






D
393


 






C
394


 






D
395


 






D
396


 






D
397


 






D
398


 






C
399


 






D
400


 






B
401


 






D
402


 






C
403


 






D
404


 






C
405


 






D
406


 






C
407


 






C
408


 






B
409


 






D
410


 






D
411


 






A
412


 






A
413


 






B
414


 






B
415


 






A
416


 






A
417


 






A
418


 






A
419


 






A
420


 






A
421


 






D
422


 






C
423


 






D
424


 






D
425


 






D
426


 






D
427


 






D
428


 






D
429


 






A
430


 






A
431


 






A
432


 






A
433


 






A
434


 






A
435


 






A
436


 






A
437


 






A
438


 






B
439


 






A
440


 






A
441


 






A
442


 






A
443


 






B
444


 






B
445


 






A
446


 






A
447


 






B
448


 






A
449


 






A
450


 






B
451


 






B
452


 






A
453


 






A
454


 






A
455


 






A
456


 






A
457


 






D
458


 






D
459


 






C
460


 






B
461


 






C
462


 






B
463


 






D
464


 






B
465


 






D
466


 






B
467


 






A
468


 






B
469


 






B
470


 






C
471


 






B
472


 






A
473


 






B
474


 






A
475


 






B
476


 






D
477


 






B
478


 






A
479


 






C
480


 






D
481


 






D
482


 






D
483


 






C
484


 






D
485


 






C
486


 






D
487


 






C
488


 






D
489


 






D
490


 






C
491


 






D
492


 






C
493


 






B
494


 






A
495


 






A
496


 






A
497


 






A
498


 






A
499


 






A
500


 






A
501


 






A
502


 






A
503


 






B
504


 






D
505


 






D
506


 






B
507


 






D
508


 






B
509


 






D
510


 






D
511


 






C
512


 






D
513


 






B
514


 






A
515


 






B
516


 






B
517


 






B
518


 






D
519


 






C
520


 






D
521


 






A
522


 






B
523


 






B
524


 






A
525


 






B
526


 






C
527


 






C
528


 






A
529


 






D
530


 






A
531


 






A
532


 






B
533


 






D
534


 






D
535


 






D
536


 






A
537


 






D
538


 






D
539


 






D
540


 






D
541


 






D
542


 






D
543


 






B
544


 






B
545


 






D
546


 






A
547


 






C
548


 






D
549


 






D
550


 






D
551


 






C
552


 






D
553


 






D
554


 






B
555


 






D
556


 






D
557


 






C
558


 






B
559


 






B
560


 






D
561


 






B
562


 






D
563


 






B
564


 






A
565


 






A
566


 






B
567


 






B
568


 






D
569


 






D
570


 






D
571


 






B
572


 






B
573


 






B
574


 






B
575


 






B
576


 






B
577


 






A
578


 






D
579


 






D
580


 






B
581


 






D
582


 






D
583


 






B
584


 






B
585


 






A
586


 






B
587


 






D
588


 






C
589


 






D
590


 






D
591


 






A
592


 






B
593


 






C
594


 






D
595


 






D
596


 






D
597


 






D
598


 






C
599


 






C
600


 






D
601


 






D
602


 






B
603


 






D
604


 






D
605


 






D
606


 






C
607


 






D
608


 






B
609


 






D
610


 






D
611


 






D
612


 






D
613


 






D
614


 






B
615


 






D
616


 






C
617


 






D
618


 






C
619


 






B
620


 






C
621


 






D
622


 






D
623


 






D
624


 






D
625


 






B
626


 






D
627


 






A
628


 






B
629


 






B
630


 






D
631


 






D
632


 






B
633


 






B
634


 






D
635


 






D
636


 






B
637


 






D
638


 






B
639


 






B
640


 






A
641


 






B
642


 






C
643


 






C
644


 






D
645


 






D
646


 






B
647


 







648


 







649


 






B
650


 






C
651


 






D
652


 






A
653


 






C
654


 






B
655


 






A
656


 






B
657


 






B
658


 






B
659


 






B
660


 






C
661


 






B
662


 






B
663


 






C
664


 






D
665


 






B
666


 






B
667


 






C
668


 






D
669


 






D
670


 






D
671


 






D
672


 






D
673


 






D
674


 






D
675


 






D
676


 






D
677


 






D
678


 






D
679


 






A
680


 






C
681


 






D
682


 






D
683


 






B
684


 






D
685


 






D
686


 






D
687


 






D
688


 






D
689


 






A
690


 






D
691


 






B
692


 






A
693


 






B
694


 






B
695


 






C
696


 






B
697


 






B
698


 






A
699


 






B
700


 






C
701


 






A
702


 






A
703


 






A
704


 






A
705


 






A
706


 






A
707


 






A
708


 






A
709


 






A
710


 






A
711


 






B
712


 






B
713


 






D
714


 






D
715


 






D
716


 






D
717


 






D
718


 






D
719


 






D
720


 






D
721


 






A
722


 






A
723


 






B
724


 






B
725


 






B
726


 






A
727


 






A
728


 






A
729


 






A
730


 






A
731


 






B
732


 






A
733


 






A
734


 






A
735


 






A
736


 






B
737


 






A
738


 






A
739


 






A
740


 






A
741

## Claims

1. A method of decreasing glycated hemoglobin levels in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound represented by the following structural formula:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R31)2, Ar1, —Vo—OR30, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—Ar1, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—S[CH2]p—S—, or —[CH2]q—;
each Vo is independently a C1-C10 alkylene group;
each V1 is independently a C2-C10 alkylene group;
Ar1 is an aryl group each optionally and independently substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; and
each R30 is independently
i) hydrogen;
ii) an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; or
iii) an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; and
each R31 is independently R30, —CO2R30, —SO2R30 or —C(O)R30; or
—N(R31)2 taken together is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group;
each p is independently 1, 2, 3 or 4;
each q is independently 3, 4, 5 or 6;
Y is —H;
—N(R2R3) is a 5- or 6-membered non-aromatic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl,
haloalkyl, —OR40, —O(haloalkyl), —SR40, —NO2, —CN, —N(R41)2, —NR41C(O)R40, —NR41C(O)OR42, —N(R41)C(O)N(R41)2, —C(O)R40, —C(S)R40, —C(O)OR40, —OC(O)R40, —C(O)N(R41)2, —S(O)2R40, —SO2N(R41)2, —S(O)R42, —SO3R40, Ar2, V2—Ar2, —V2—OR40, —V2—O(haloalkyl), —V2—SR40, —V2—NO2, —V2—CN, —V2—N(R41)2, —V2—NR41C(O)R40, —V2—NR41CO2R42, —V2—N(R41)C(O)N(R41)2, —V2—C(O)R40, —V2—C(S)R40, —V2—CO2R40, —V2—OC(O)R40, —V2—C(O)N(R41)2—, —V2—S(O)2R40, —V2—SO2N(R41)2, —V2—S(O)R42, —V2—SO3R40, —O—V2—Ar2 and —S—V2—Ar2;
each V2 is independently a C1-C4 alkylene group;
Ar2 is an aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; and
each R40 is independently
i) hydrogen;
ii) an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or
iii) an C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; and
each R41 is independently R40, —CO2R40, —SO2R40 or —C(O)R40; or
—N(R41)2 taken together is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group; and each R42 is independently:
i) an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or
ii) an C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl;
X is —(CR5R6)n-Q-; Q
is —O—, —S—, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —C(O)O—, —C(S)O—, —C(S)S—, —C(O)NR7—, —NR7—, —NR7C(O)—, —NR7C(O)NR7—, —OC(O)—, —SO3—, —SO—, —S(O)2—, —SO2NR7—, or —NR7SO2—;
and R4 is —H, a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; or
X is —O—, —S— or —NR7—; and R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; or
X is —(CR5R6)n—; and R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclic alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted cyclic alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, —CN, —NCS, —NO2 or a halogen; or
X is a covalent bond; and R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; and
R5 and R6 are each independently —H, —OH, —SH, a halogen, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkylthio group, or a substituted or unsubstituted lower aliphatic group;
n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and
each R7 is independently —H, a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or R7 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen atom of NR7R4 form a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group.

2. A method of inhibiting glucosylceramide synthase or lowering glycosphingolipid concentrations in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound represented by the following structural formula:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R31)2, Ar1, —Vo—OR30, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—Ar1, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p—S—, or —[CH2]q—;
each Vo is independently a C1-C10 alkylene group;
each V1 is independently a C2-C10 alkylene group;
Ar1 is an aryl group each optionally and independently substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; and
each R30 is independently
i) hydrogen;
ii) an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; or
iii) an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; and
each R31 is independently R30, —CO2R30, —SO2R30 or —C(O)R30; or
—N(R31)2 taken to ether is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group;
each p is independently 1, 2, 3 or 4;
each q is independently 3, 4, 5 or 6;
Y is —H;
—N(R2R3) is a 5- or 6-membered non-aromatic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl,
haloalkyl, —OR40, —O(haloalkyl), —NO2, —CN, —N(R41)2, —NR41C(O)R40, —NR41C(O)OR42, —N(R)41C(O)N(R41)2, —C(O)R40, —C(S)R40, —C(O)OR40, —OC(O)R40, —C(O)N(R41)2, —S(O)2R40, —SO2N(R41)2, —S(O)R42, —SO3R40, Ar2, V2—Ar2, —V2—OR40, —V2—O(haloalkyl), —V2—SR40, —V2—NO2, —V2—CN, —V2—N(R41)2, —V2—NR41C(O)R40, —V2—NR41CO2R42, —V2—N(R41)C(O)N(R41)2, —V2—C(O)R40, —V2—C(S)R40, —V2—CO2R40, —V2—OC(O)R40, —V2—C(O)N(R41)2—, —V2—S(O)2R40, —V2—SO2N(R41)2, —V2—S(O)R42, —V2—SO3R40, —O—V2—Ar2 and —S—V2—Ar2;
each V2 is independently a C1-C4 alkylene group;
Ar2 is an aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; and
each R40 is independently
i) hydrogen;
ii) an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or
iii) an C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; and
each R41 is independently R40, —CO2R40, —SO2R40 or —C(O)R40; or
—N(R41)2 taken together is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group; and each R42 is independently:
i) an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or
ii) an C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl;
X is —(CR5R6)n-Q-; Q
is —O—, —S—, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —C(O)O—, —C(S)O—, —C(S)S—, —C(O)NR7—, —NR7—, —NR7C(O)—, —NR7C(O)NR7—, —OC(O)—, —SO3—, —SO—, —S(O)2—, —SO2NR7—, or —NR7SO2—;
and R4 is —H, a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; or
X is —O—, —S— or —NR7—; and R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; or
X is —(CR5R6)n—; and R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclic alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted cyclic alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, —CN, —NCS, —NO2 or a halogen; or
X is a covalent bond; and R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; and
R5 and R6 are each independently —H, —OH, —SH, a halogen, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkylthio group, or a substituted or unsubstituted lower aliphatic group;
n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and
each R7 is independently H, a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or R7 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen atom of NR7R4 form a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group.

3. A method of treating a subject having Tay-Sachs, Gaucher's or Fabry's disease, comprising administering to the subject a therapeutically effective of a compound represented by the following structural formula:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R1 is a phenyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen, cyano, nitro, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 haloalkyl, —OR30, —SR30, —N(R31)2, Ar1, —Vo—OR30, —Vo—N(R31)2, —Vo—Ar1, —O—Vo—Ar1, —O—V1—N(R31)2, —S—Vo—Ar1, —S—V1—N(R31)2, —N(R31)—Vo—Ar1, —N(R31)—V1—N(R31)2, —O—[CH2]p—O—, —S—[CH2]p—S—, or —[CH2]q—;
each Vo is independently a C1-C10 alkylene group;
each V1 is independently a C2-C10 alkylene group
Ar1 is an aryl group each optionally and independently substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; and
each R30 is independently
i) hydrogen;
ii) an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; or
iii) an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; and
each R31 is independently R30, —CO2R30, —SO2R30 or —C(O)R30; or
—N(R31)2 taken together is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group;
each p is independently 1, 2, 3 or 4;
each q is independently 3, 4, 5 or 6;
Y is —H;
—N(R2R3) is a 5- or 6-membered non-aromatic nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl,
haloalkyl, —OR40, —O(haloalkyl), —SR40, —NO2, —CN, —N(R41)2, —NR41C(O)R40, —NR41C(O)OR42, —N(R41)C(O)N(R41)2, —C(O)R40, —C(S)R40, —C(O)OR40, —OC(O)R40, —C(O)N(R41)2, —S(O)2R40, —SO2N(R41)2, —S(O)R42, —SO3R40, Ar2, V2—Ar2, —V2—OR40, —V2—O(haloalkyl), —V2—SR40, —V2—NO2, —V2—CN, —V2—N(R41)2, —V2—NR41C(O)R40, —V2—NR41CO2R42, —V2—N(R41)C(O)N(R41)2, —V2—C(O)R40, —V2—C(S)R40, —V2—CO2R40, —V2—OC(O)R40, —V2—C(O)N(R41)2—, —V2—S(O)2R40, —V2—SO2N(R41)2, —V2—S(O)R42, —V2—SO3R40, —O—V2—Ar2 and —S—V2—Ar2;
each V2 is independently a C1-C4 alkylene.
Ar2 is an aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; and
each R40 is independently
i) hydrogen;
ii) an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or
iii) an C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; and
each R41 is independently R40, —CO2R40, —SO2R40 or —C(O)R40; or
—N(R41)2 taken together is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group; and each R42 is independently:
i) an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkyl, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl; or
ii) an C1-C10 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, C1-C6 haloalkoxy, C1-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyl and C1-C6 haloalkyl;
X is —(CR5R6)n-Q-; Q
is —O—, —S—, —C(O)—, —C(S)—, —C(O)O—, —C(S)O—, —C(S)S—, —C(O)NR7—, —NR7—, —NR7C(O)—, —NR7C(O)NR7—, —OC(O)—, —SO3—, —SO—, —S(O)2, —SO2NR7—, or —NR7SO2—; and R4 is —H, a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; or
X is —O—, —S—, or —NR7—; and R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; or
X is —(CR5R6)n—; and R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted cyclic alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted cyclic alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, —CN, —NCS, —NO2 or a halogen; or
X is a covalent bond; and R4 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group; and
R5 and R6 are each independently —H, —OH, —SH, a halogen, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted lower alkylthio group, or a substituted or unsubstituted lower aliphatic group;
n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6; and
each R7 is independently —H, a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or R7 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen atom of NR7R4 form a substituted or unsubstituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group.

4. The method of claim 1, wherein:
R4 is an aliphatic or aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, Ar3,
Ar3—Ar3, —OR50, —O(haloalkyl), —SR50, —NO2, —CN, —NCS, —N(R51)2, —NR51C(O)R50, —NR51C(O)OR52, —N(R51)C(O)N(R51)2, —C(O)R50, —C(S)R50, —C(O)OR50, —OC(O)R50, —C(O)N(R51)2, —S(O)2R50, —SO2N(R51)2, —S(O)R52, —SO3R50, —NR51SO2N(R51)2, —NR51SO2R52,
—V4—Ar3, —V—OR50, —V4—O(haloalkyl), —V4—SR50, —V4—NO2, —V4—CN, —V4—N(R51)2, —V4—NR51C(O)R50, —V4—NR51CO2R52, —V4—N(R51)C(O)N(R51)2, —V4—C(O)R50,
—V4—C(S)R50, —V4—CO2R50, —V4—OC(O)R50, —V4—C(O)N(R51)2—, —V4—S(O)2R50, —V4—SO2N(R51)2, —V4—S(O)R52, —V4—SO3R50, —V4—NR51SO2N(R51)2, —V4—NR51SO2R52, —O—V4—Ar3, —O—V5—N(R51)2, —S—V4—Ar3, —S—V5—N(R51)2, —N(R51)—V4—Ar3, —N(R51)—V5—N(R51)2, —NR51C(O)—
V4—N(R51)2, —NR51C(O)—V4—Ar3, —C(O)—V4—N(R51)2, —C(O)—V4—Ar3, —C(S)—V4—N(R51)2, —C(S)—V4—Ar3, —C(O)O—V5—N(R51)2, —C(O)O—V4—Ar3, —O—C(O)—V5—N(R51)2, —O—C(O)—V4—Ar3, —C(O)N(R51)—V5—N(R51)2, —C(O)N(R51)—V4—Ar3, —S(O)2—V4—N(R51)2, —S(O)2—V4—Ar3, —SO2N(R51)—V5—N(R51)2, —SO2N(R51)—V4—Ar3, —S(O)—V4—N(R51)2, —S(O——V4—Ar3, —S(O)2—O—V5—N(R51)2, —S(O)2—O—V4—Ar3, —NR51SO2—V4—N(R51)2, —NR51 SO2—V4—Ar3, —O—[CH2]p′—O—, —S—[CH2]p′—S—, and —[CH2]q′—;
each V4 is independently a C1-C10 alkylene group;
each V5 is independently a C2-C10 alkylene group;
each Ar3 is independently an aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy and haloalkyl; and
each R50 is independently
i) hydrogen;
ii) an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; or
iii) an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; and
each R51 is independently R50, —CO2R50, —SO2R50 or —C(O)R50; or
—N(R51)2 taken together is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group; and each R52 is independently:
i) an aryl group optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; or
ii) an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; and
each p′ is 1, 2, 3 or 4; and
each q′ is 3, 4, 5 or 6.

5. The method of claim 4, wherein the compound is represented by the following structural formula:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

6. The method of claim 4, wherein the compound is represented by the following structural formula:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

7. The method of claim 4, wherein the compound is represented by the following structural formula:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

8. The method of claim 4, wherein the compound is represented by the following structural formula:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R4 is an optionally substituted aryl group.

9. The method of claim 4, wherein the compound is represented by one of the following structural formulas:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R7 is —H or C1-C6 alkyl.

10. The method of claim 4, wherein the compound is represented by the following structural formula:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R4 is an optionally substituted aryl group.

11. The method of claim 2, wherein:
R4 is an aliphatic or aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, Ar3,
Ar3—Ar3, —OR50, —O(haloalkyl), —SR50, —NO2, —CN, —NCS, —N(R51)2, —NR51C(O)R50, —NR51C(O)OR52, —N(R51)C(O)N(R51)2, —C(O)R50, —C(S)R50, —C(O)OR50, —OC(O)R50, —C(O)N(R51)2, —S(O)2R50, —S(O)R52, —SO3R50, —NR51SO2N(R51)2, —NR51SO2R52,
—V4—Ar3, —V—OR50, —V4—O(haloalkyl), —V4—SR50, —V4—NO2, —V4—CN, —V4—N(R51)2, —V4—NR51C(O)R50, —V4—NR51CO2R52, —V4—N(R51)C(O)N(R51)2, —V4—C(O)R50, —V4—C(S)R50, —V4—CO2R50, —V4—OC(O)R50, —V4—C(O)N(R51)2—, —V4—S(O)2R50, —V4—SO2N(R51)2, —V4—S(O)R52, —V4—SO3R50, —V4—NR51SO2N(R51)2, —V4—NR51SO2R52, —O—V4—Ar3, —O—V5—N(R51)2, —S—V4—Ar3, —S—V5—N(R51)2, —N(R51)—V4—Ar3, —N(R51)—V5—N(R51)2, —NR51C(O)—
V4—N(R51)2, —NR51C(O)—V4—Ar3, —C(O)—V4—N(R51)2, —C(O)—V4—Ar3, —C(S)—V4—N(R5)2, —C(S)—V4—Ar3, —C(O)O—V5—N(R51)2, —C(O)O—V4—Ar3, —O—C(O)—V5—N(R51)2, —O—C(O)—V4—Ar3, —C(O)N(R51)—V5—N(R51)2, —C(O)N(R51)—V4—Ar3, —S(O)2—V4—N(R51)2, —S(O)2—V4—Ar3, —SO2N(R51)—V5—N(R51)2, —SO2N(R51)—V4—Ar3, —S(O)—V4—N(R51)2, —S(O)—V4—Ar3, —S(O)2—O—V5—N(R51)2, —S(O)2—O—V4—Ar3, —NR51SO2—V4—N(R51)2, —NR51SO2—V4—Ar3, —O—[CH2]p′—O—, —S—[CH2]p′—S—, and —[CH2]q′—;
each V4 is independently a C1-C10 alkylene group;
each V5 is independently a C2-C10 alkylene group;
each Ar3 is independently an aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy and haloalkyl; and
each R50 is independently
i) hydrogen;
ii) an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; or
iii) an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; and
each R51 is independently R50, —CO2R50, —SO2R50 or —C(O)R50, or —N(R51)2 taken together is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group; and each R52 is independently:
i) an aryl group optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; or
ii) an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; and
each p′ is 1, 2, 3 or 4; and
each q′ is 3, 4, 5 or 6.

12. The method of claim 11, wherein the compound is represented by the following structural formula:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

13. The method of claim 11, wherein the compound is represented by the following structural formula:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

14. The method of claim 11, wherein the compound is represented by the following structural formula:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

15. The method of claim 11, wherein the compound is represented by the following structural formula:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein IV is an optionally substituted aryl group.

16. The method of claim 11, wherein the compound is represented by one of the following structural formulas:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R7 is —H or C1-C6 alkyl.

17. The method of claim 11, wherein the compound is represented by the following structural formula:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R4 is an optionally substituted aryl group.

18. The method of claim 3, wherein:
R4 is an aliphatic or aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, Ar3,
Ar3—Ar3, —OR50, —O(haloalkyl), —SR50, —NO2, —CN, —NCS, —N(R51)2, —NR51C(O)R50, —NR51C(O)OR52, —N(R51)C(O)N(R51)2, —C(O)R50, —C(S)R50, —C(O)OR50, —OC(O)R50, —C(O)N(R51)2, —S(O)2R50—S(O)R52, —SO3R50, —NR51SO2N(R51)2, —NR51SO2R52,
—V4—Ar3, —V—OR50, —V4—O(haloalkyl), —V4—SR50, —V4—NO2, —V4—CN, —V4—N(R51)2, —V4—NR51C(O)R50, —V4—NR51CO2R52, —V4—N(R51)C(O)N(R51)2, —V4—C(O)R50, —V4—C(S)R50, —V4—CO2R50, —V4—OC(O)R50, —V4—C(O)N(R51)2—, —V4—S(O)2R50, —V4—SO2N(R51)2, —V4—S(O)R52, —V4—SO3R50, —V4—NR51SO2N(R51)2, —V4—NR51SO2R52, —O—V4—Ar3, —O—V5—N(R51)2, —S—V4—Ar3, —S—V5—N(R51)2, —N(R51)—V4—Ar3, —N(R51)—V5—N(R51)2, —NR51C(O)—
V4—N(R51)2, —NR51C(O)—V4—Ar3, —C(O)—V4—N(R51)2, —C(O)—V4—Ar3, —C(S)—V4—N(R5)2, —C(S)—V4—Ar3, —C(O)O—V5—N(R51)2, —C(O)O—V4—Ar3, —O—C(O)—V5—N(R51)2, —O—C(O)—V4—Ar3, —C(O)N(R51)—V5—N(R51)2, —C(O)N(R51)—V4—Ar3, —S(O)2—V4—N(R5)2, —S(O)2—V4—Ar3, —SO2N(R51)—V5—N(R51)2, —SO2N(R51)—V4—Ar3, —S(O)—V4—N(R51)2, —S(O)—V4—Ar3, —S(O)2—O—V5—N(R51)2, —S(O)2—O—V4—Ar3, —NR51SO2—V4—N(R51)2, —NR51SO2—V4—Ar3, —O—[CH2]p′—O—, —S—[CH2]p′—S—, and —[CH2]q′—;
each V4 is independently a C1-C10 alkylene group;
each V5 is independently a C2-C10 alkylene group;
each Ar3 is independently an aryl group each optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy and haloalkyl; and
each R50 is independently
i) hydrogen;
ii) an aryl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; or
iii) an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; and
each R51 is independently R50, —CO2R50, —SO2R50 or —C(O)R50, or
—N(R51)2 taken together is an optionally substituted non-aromatic heterocyclic group; and each R52 is independently:
i) an aryl group optionally substituted with one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkyl, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; or
ii) an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkoxy, nitro, cyano, hydroxy, haloalkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl and haloalkyl; and
each p′ is 1, 2, 3 or 4; and
each q′ is 3, 4, 5 or 6.

19. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound is represented by the following structural formula:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

20. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound is represented by the following structural formula:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

21. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound is represented by the following structural formula:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

22. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound is represented by the following structural formula:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R4 is an optionally substituted aryl group.

23. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound is represented by one of the following structural formulas:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R7 is —H or C1-C6 alkyl.

24. The method of claim 18, wherein the compound is represented by the following structural formula:




or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R4 is an optionally substituted aryl group.